NewzIntel.com

Category: Taxation

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: 2.66m tax returns issued

    Source: Hong Kong Information Services

    The Inland Revenue Department today sent out about 2.66 million tax returns for individuals for the year of assessment 2024-25.

     

    Taxpayers should file their tax returns by June 2. For sole proprietors, a three-month period is allowed and the filing deadline is August 2. Those filing through eTAX will be granted a one-month extension.

     

    At a press conference this afternoon, Commissioner of Inland Revenue Benjamin Chan said that salaries tax, tax under personal assessment and profits tax for 2024-25 will be reduced by 100%, subject to a ceiling of $1,500 per case.

     

    From the year of assessment 2024-25, a two-tiered standard rates regime for salaries tax and tax under personal assessment has been implemented.

     

    When calculating the amount of salaries tax or tax under personal assessment at standard rates, the first $5 million of net income is subject to the standard rate of 15%, and the portion exceeding $5 million is subject to the standard rate of 16%.

     

    Also, there has been an increase in the deduction ceilings for home loan interest or domestic rent from $100,000 to $120,000 for taxpayers who were residing with their newborn children born on or after October 25, 2023.

     

    Furthermore, a new deduction for expenses on assisted reproductive services has been introduced, subject to a ceiling of $100,000.

     

    On the enhancement measures for the deduction of expenses under profits tax, there have been tax deductions for expenses incurred for reinstating the condition of leased premises to their original condition, and the time limit for claiming annual allowances in respect of industrial/commercial buildings or structures has been removed.

     

    Mr Chan added that in July, the department will launch three interconnected portals, namely Individual Tax Portal, Business Tax Portal and Tax Representative Portal, under eTAX to facilitate taxpayers and enhance the efficiency, reliability and accuracy of return filing.

     

    On revenue collection, the department collected $374.5 billion for 2024-25, an increase of 10% from the previous year.

     

    The revenue collection for 2025-26 is estimated at $401.4 billion, representing a 7% year-on-year increase.

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

  • MIL-OSI: Brookfield Business Partners Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    BROOKFIELD, News, May 02, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Brookfield Business Partners (NYSE: BBU, BBUC; TSX: BBU.UN, BBUC) announced today financial results for the quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    “We had an active start to the year, generating over $1.5 billion from our capital recycling initiatives, progressing the acquisition of two market-leading industrial operations and investing approximately $140 million to repurchase our units and shares,” said Anuj Ranjan, CEO of Brookfield Business Partners. “During periods of uncertainty and volatility, our consistent strategy of owning market leading businesses and executing on our operational improvement plans is more important than ever. With the enhanced strength of our balance sheet, we are well positioned to support our capital allocation priorities and continue compounding long-term value for our investors.”

      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
    US$ millions (except per unit amounts), unaudited   2025   2024  
    Net income (loss) attributable to Unitholders1 $ 80 $ 48  
    Net income (loss) per limited partnership unit2 $ 0.38 $ 0.23  
         
    Adjusted EBITDA3 $ 591 $ 544  

    Net income attributable to Unitholders for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $80 million ($0.38 per limited partnership unit) compared to net income of $48 million ($0.23 per limited partnership unit) in the prior period.

    Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $591 million compared to $544 million in the prior period. Current period results included contribution from the recent acquisition of our electric heat tracing systems manufacturer in January 2025. Prior period results included $37 million of contribution from disposed operations including our offshore oil services’ shuttle tanker operation which was sold in January 2025.

    Operational Update

    The following table presents Adjusted EBITDA by segment:

      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
    US$ millions, unaudited   2025     2024  
    Industrials $ 304   $ 228  
    Business Services   213     205  
    Infrastructure Services   104     143  
    Corporate and Other   (30 )   (32 )
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 591   $ 544  

    Our Industrials segment generated Adjusted EBITDA of $304 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $228 million during the same period in 2024. Current period results included $72 million of tax benefits at our advanced energy storage operation and contribution from our electric heat tracing manufacturer which was acquired in January 2025.

    Our Business Services segment generated Adjusted EBITDA of $213 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $205 million during the same period in 2024. Strong performance at our residential mortgage insurer and increased contribution from our construction operation was partially offset by the impact of higher costs associated with technology upgrades at dealer software and technology services. Prior period results included contribution from our road fuels operation which was sold in July 2024.

    Our Infrastructure Services segment generated Adjusted EBITDA of $104 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $143 million during the same period in 2024. Prior period results included contribution from our offshore oil services’ shuttle tanker operation which was sold in January 2025.

    The following table presents Adjusted EFO4 by segment:

      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
    US$ millions, unaudited   2025     2024  
    Adjusted EFO    
    Industrials $ 130   $ 180  
    Business Services   117     168  
    Infrastructure Services   166     72  
    Corporate and Other   (68 )   (89 )

    Adjusted EFO in the current period included a $114 million of net gain related to the disposition of the shuttle tanker operation at our offshore oil services. Industrials Adjusted EFO included the impact of withholding taxes on a distribution received from our advanced energy storage operation during the quarter. Adjusted EFO in the prior period included $62 million of net gains primarily related to the sale of public securities and $50 million of other income related to a distribution at our entertainment operation.

    Strategic Initiatives

    • Specialty Equipment Manufacturer
      In February, we agreed to acquire Antylia Scientific, a leading manufacturer and distributor of critical consumables and testing equipment serving life sciences and environmental labs for approximately $1.3 billion. Brookfield Business Partners expects to invest approximately $160 million for an approximate 25% economic interest. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter, subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approvals.
    • Unit Repurchase Program
      During the quarter and subsequent to quarter end, we invested approximately $140 million to repurchase 5.9 million5 units and shares of Brookfield Business Partners at an average price of approximately $24 per unit and share. The repurchases were completed under our normal course issuer bid (NCIB) which we plan to renew once it expires in August this year.

    Liquidity

    We ended the quarter with approximately $2.4 billion of liquidity at the corporate level including $59 million of cash and liquid securities, $25 million of remaining preferred equity commitment from Brookfield Corporation and approximately $2.3 billion of availability on our corporate credit facilities. Pro forma for announced and recently closed transactions, corporate liquidity is $2.3 billion.

    Distribution

    The Board of Directors has declared a quarterly distribution in the amount of $0.0625 per unit, payable on June 30, 2025 to unitholders of record as at the close of business on May 30, 2025.

    Additional Information

    The Board has reviewed and approved this news release, including the summarized unaudited interim consolidated financial statements contained herein.

    Brookfield Business Partners’ Letter to Unitholders and the Supplemental Information are available on our website https://bbu.brookfield.com under Reports & Filings.

    Notes:

    1. Attributable to limited partnership unitholders, general partnership unitholders, redemption-exchange unitholders, special limited partnership unitholders and BBUC exchangeable shareholders.
    2. Net income (loss) per limited partnership unit calculated as net income (loss) attributable to limited partners divided by the average number of limited partnership units outstanding for the three months ended March 31, 2025 which was 80.0 million (March 31, 2024: 74.3 million).
    3. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-IFRS measure of operating performance presented as net income and equity accounted income at the partnership’s economic ownership interest in consolidated subsidiaries and equity accounted investments, respectively, excluding the impact of interest income (expense), net, income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, gains (losses) on acquisitions/dispositions, net, transaction costs, restructuring charges, revaluation gains or losses, impairment expenses or reversals, other income or expenses, and preferred equity distributions. The partnership’s economic ownership interest in consolidated subsidiaries and equity accounted investments excludes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests consistent with how the partnership determines net income attributable to non-controlling interests in its unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of operating results. The partnership believes that Adjusted EBITDA provides a comprehensive understanding of the ability of its businesses to generate recurring earnings which allows users to better understand and evaluate the underlying financial performance of the partnership’s operations and excludes items that the partnership believes do not directly relate to revenue earning activities and are not normal, recurring items necessary for business operations. Please refer to the reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA included in this news release.
    4. Adjusted EFO is the partnership’s segment measure of profit or loss and is presented as net income and equity accounted income at the partnership’s economic ownership interest in consolidated subsidiaries and equity accounted investments, respectively, excluding the impact of depreciation and amortization expense, deferred income taxes, transaction costs, restructuring charges, unrealized revaluation gains or losses, impairment expenses or reversals and other income or expense items that are not directly related to revenue generating activities. The partnership’s economic ownership interest in consolidated subsidiaries excludes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests consistent with how the partnership determines net income attributable to non-controlling interests in its unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of operating results. In order to provide additional insight regarding the partnership’s operating performance over the lifecycle of an investment, Adjusted EFO includes the impact of preferred equity distributions and realized disposition gains or losses recorded in net income, other comprehensive income, or directly in equity, such as ownership changes. Adjusted EFO does not include legal and other provisions that may occur from time to time in the partnership’s operations and that are one-time or non-recurring and not directly tied to the partnership’s operations, such as those for litigation or contingencies. Adjusted EFO includes expected credit losses and bad debt allowances recorded in the normal course of the partnership’s operations. Adjusted EFO allows the partnership to evaluate its segments on the basis of return on invested capital generated by its operations and allows the partnership to evaluate the performance of its segments on a levered basis.
    5. Inclusive of all limited partnership units and BBUC exchangeable shares repurchased under our NCIB during the three months ended March 31, 2025 and up to market close on May 1, 2025, based on settlement date.

    Brookfield Business Partners is a global business services and industrials company focused on owning and operating high-quality businesses that provide essential products and services and benefit from a strong competitive position. Investors have flexibility to invest in our company either through Brookfield Business Partners L.P. (NYSE: BBU; TSX: BBU.UN), a limited partnership or Brookfield Business Corporation (NYSE, TSX: BBUC), a corporation. For more information, please visit https://bbu.brookfield.com.

    Brookfield Business Partners is the flagship listed vehicle of Brookfield Asset Management’s Private Equity Group. Brookfield Asset Management is a leading global alternative asset manager with over $1 trillion of assets under management.

    Please note that Brookfield Business Partners’ previous audited annual and unaudited quarterly reports have been filed on SEDAR+ and EDGAR, and are available at https://bbu.brookfield.com under Reports & Filings. Hard copies of the annual and quarterly reports can be obtained free of charge upon request.

    For more information, please contact:

    Media:
    Marie Fuller
    Tel: +44 207 408 8375
    Email: marie.fuller@brookfield.com    		 Investors:
    Alan Fleming
    Tel: +1 (416) 645-2736
    Email: alan.fleming@brookfield.com
       

    Conference Call and Quarterly Earnings Webcast Details

    Investors, analysts and other interested parties can access Brookfield Business Partners’ first quarter 2025 results as well as the Letter to Unitholders and Supplemental Information on our website https://bbu.brookfield.com under Reports & Filings.

    The results call can be accessed via webcast on May 2, 2025 at 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time at BBU2025Q1Webcast or participants can preregister at BBU2025Q1ConferenceCall. Upon registering, participants will be emailed a dial-in number and unique PIN. A replay of the webcast will be available at https://bbu.brookfield.com.

                               
    Brookfield Business Partners L.P.
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
     
      As at
    US$ millions, unaudited March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
               
    Assets          
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,442       $ 3,239  
    Financial assets     11,642         12,371  
    Accounts and other receivable, net     6,948         6,279  
    Inventory and other assets     5,063         5,728  
    Property, plant and equipment     12,529         13,232  
    Deferred income tax assets     1,767         1,744  
    Intangible assets     19,157         18,317  
    Equity accounted investments     2,307         2,325  
    Goodwill     13,032         12,239  
    Total Assets   $ 75,887       $ 75,474  
               
    Liabilities and Equity          
    Liabilities          
    Corporate borrowings   $ 1,017       $ 2,142  
    Accounts payable and other     15,085         16,691  
    Non-recourse borrowings in subsidiaries of the partnership     42,316         36,720  
    Deferred income tax liabilities     2,614         2,613  
               
    Equity          
    Limited partners $ 2,158       $ 1,752    
    Non-controlling interests attributable to:          
    Redemption-exchange units   1,246         1,644    
    Special limited partner   —         —    
    BBUC exchangeable shares   1,732         1,721    
    Preferred securities   740         740    
    Interest of others in operating subsidiaries   8,979         11,451    
          14,855         17,308  
    Total Liabilities and Equity   $ 75,887       $ 75,474  
                 
    Brookfield Business Partners L.P.
    Consolidated Statements of Operating Results
     
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
    US$ millions, unaudited   2025     2024  
         
    Revenues $ 6,749   $ 12,015  
    Direct operating costs   (5,402 )   (10,878 )
    General and administrative expenses   (311 )   (317 )
    Interest income (expense), net   (770 )   (796 )
    Equity accounted income (loss)   (8 )   23  
    Impairment reversal (expense), net   —     10  
    Gain (loss) on acquisitions/dispositions, net   214     15  
    Other income (expense), net   (83 )   116  
    Income (loss) before income tax   389     188  
    Income tax (expense) recovery    
    Current   (197 )   (90 )
    Deferred   64     105  
    Net income (loss) $ 256   $ 203  
    Attributable to:    
    Limited partners $ 30   $ 17  
    Non-controlling interests attributable to:    
    Redemption-exchange units   23     15  
    Special limited partner   —     —  
    BBUC exchangeable shares   27     16  
    Preferred securities   13     13  
    Interest of others in operating subsidiaries   163     142  
         
    Brookfield Business Partners L.P.
    Reconciliation of Non-IFRS Measure
         
        Three Months Ended March 31, 2025
    US$ millions, unaudited   Business
    Services    		   Infrastructure
    Services    		   Industrials   Corporate
    and Other    		   Total
                         
    Net income (loss)   $ —     $ 156     $ 145     $ (45 )   $ 256  
                         
    Add or subtract the following:                    
    Depreciation and amortization expense     222       165       343       —       730  
    Gain (loss) on acquisitions/dispositions, net     —       (214 )     —       —       (214 )
    Other income (expense), net1     68       (79 )     93       1       83  
    Income tax (expense) recovery     18       25       101       (11 )     133  
    Equity accounted income (loss)     (3 )     26       (15 )     —       8  
    Interest income (expense), net     230       149       366       25       770  
    Equity accounted Adjusted EBITDA2     24       33       15       —       72  
    Amounts attributable to non-controlling interests3     (346 )     (157 )     (744 )     —       (1,247 )
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ 213     $ 104     $ 304     $ (30 )   $ 591  


    Notes:

    1. Other income (expense), net corresponds to amounts that are not directly related to revenue earning activities and are not normal, recurring income or expenses necessary for business operations. The components of other income (expense), net include $125 million of gains recorded at our offshore oil services due to vessel upgrades and unrealized gains recorded on reclassification of property, plant and equipment to finance leases, $78 million of business separation expenses, stand-up costs and restructuring charges, $50 million of net revaluation losses, $35 million of transaction costs and $45 million of other expenses.
    2. Equity accounted Adjusted EBITDA corresponds to the Adjusted EBITDA attributable to the partnership that is generated by its investments in associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method.
    3. Amounts attributable to non-controlling interests are calculated based on the economic ownership interests held by the non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries.
         
    Brookfield Business Partners L.P.
    Reconciliation of Non-IFRS Measure
         
        Three Months Ended March 31, 2024
    US$ millions, unaudited   Business
    Services    		   Infrastructure
    Services    		   Industrials   Corporate
    and Other    		   Total
                         
    Net income (loss)   $ 240     $ (65 )   $ 98     $ (70 )   $ 203  
                         
    Add back or deduct the following:                    
    Depreciation and amortization expense     254       212       342       —       808  
    Impairment reversal (expense), net     (4 )     (12 )     6       —       (10 )
    Gain (loss) on acquisitions/dispositions, net     (15 )     —       —       —       (15 )
    Other income (expense), net1     (140 )     (18 )     32       10       (116 )
    Income tax expense (recovery)     24       (3 )     (27 )     (9 )     (15 )
    Equity accounted income (loss)     (1 )     (4 )     (18 )     —       (23 )
    Interest income (expense), net     252       180       327       37       796  
    Equity accounted Adjusted EBITDA2     17       39       16       —       72  
    Amounts attributable to non-controlling interests3     (422 )     (186 )     (548 )     —       (1,156 )
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ 205     $ 143     $ 228     $ (32 )   $ 544  


    Notes:

    1. Other income (expense), net corresponds to amounts that are not directly related to revenue earning activities and are not normal, recurring income or expenses necessary for business operations. The components of other income (expense), net include $158 million of net revaluation gains, $50 million of other income related to a distribution at our entertainment operation, $21 million of transaction costs, $19 million of business separation expenses, stand-up costs and restructuring charges and $52 million of other expenses.
    2. Equity accounted Adjusted EBITDA corresponds to the Adjusted EBITDA attributable to the partnership that is generated by our investments in associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method.
    3. Amounts attributable to non-controlling interests are calculated based on the economic ownership interests held by the non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries.

    Brookfield Business Corporation Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    BROOKFIELD, News, May 2, 2025 – Brookfield Business Corporation (NYSE, TSX: BBUC) announced today its net income (loss) for the quarter ended March 31, 2025.

      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
    US$ millions, unaudited   2025     2024  
         
    Net income (loss) attributable to Brookfield Business Partners $ (58 ) $ (150 )

    Net loss attributable to Brookfield Business Partners for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $58 million compared to net loss of $150 million during the same period in 2024. Current period results included $7 million of remeasurement loss on our exchangeable and class B shares that are classified as liabilities under IFRS. As at March 31, 2025, the exchangeable and class B shares were remeasured to reflect the closing price of $23.46 per unit.

    Dividend

    The Board of Directors has declared a quarterly dividend in the amount of $0.0625 per share, payable on June 30, 2025 to shareholders of record as at the close of business on May 30, 2025.

    Additional Information

    Each exchangeable share of Brookfield Business Corporation has been structured with the intention of providing an economic return equivalent to one unit of Brookfield Business Partners L.P. Each exchangeable share will be exchangeable at the option of the holder for one unit. Brookfield Business Corporation will target that dividends on its exchangeable shares be declared and paid at the same time as distributions are declared and paid on the Brookfield Business Partners’ units and that dividends on each exchangeable share will be declared and paid in the same amount as distributions are declared and paid on each unit to provide holders of exchangeable shares with an economic return equivalent to holders of units.

    In addition to carefully considering the disclosures made in this news release in its entirety, shareholders are strongly encouraged to carefully review the Letter to Unitholders, Supplemental Information and other continuous disclosure filings which are available at https://bbu.brookfield.com.

    Please note that Brookfield Business Corporation’s previous audited annual and unaudited quarterly reports have been filed on SEDAR+ and EDGAR and are available at https://bbu.brookfield.com/bbuc under Reports & Filings. Hard copies of the annual and quarterly reports can be obtained free of charge upon request.

                               
    Brookfield Business Corporation
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
     
      As at
    US$ millions, unaudited March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
               
    Assets          
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 968       $ 1,008  
    Financial assets     324         353  
    Accounts and other receivable, net     3,397         3,229  
    Inventory, net     59         52  
    Other assets     641         627  
    Property, plant and equipment     2,479         2,480  
    Deferred income tax assets     206         197  
    Intangible assets     6,031         5,966  
    Equity accounted investments     201         198  
    Goodwill     4,993         4,988  
    Total Assets   $ 19,299       $ 19,098  
               
    Liabilities and Equity          
    Liabilities          
    Accounts payable and other   $ 5,371       $ 5,276  
    Non-recourse borrowings in subsidiaries of the company     8,711         8,490  
    Exchangeable and class B shares     1,682         1,709  
    Deferred income tax liabilities     951         988  
               
    Equity          
    Brookfield Business Partners $ (78 )     $ (59 )  
    Non-controlling interests   2,662         2,694    
          2,584         2,635  
    Total Liabilities and Equity   $ 19,299       $ 19,098  
       
    Brookfield Business Corporation
    Consolidated Statements of Operating Results
       
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
    US$ millions, unaudited   2025     2024  
         
    Revenues $ 1,966   $ 1,865  
    Direct operating costs   (1,789 )   (1,652 )
    General and administrative expenses   (75 )   (64 )
    Interest income (expense), net   (219 )   (210 )
    Equity accounted income (loss)   3     1  
    Impairment reversal (expense), net   —     (2 )
    Remeasurement of exchangeable and class B shares   (7 )   (111 )
    Other income (expense), net   (34 )   (11 )
    Income (loss) before income tax   (155 )   (184 )
    Income tax (expense) recovery    
    Current   (23 )   (44 )
    Deferred   43     54  
    Net income (loss) $ (135 ) $ (174 )
    Attributable to:    
    Brookfield Business Partners $ (58 ) $ (150 )
    Non-controlling interests   (77 )   (24 )


    Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-looking Statements and Information

    Note: This news release contains “forward-looking information” within the meaning of Canadian provincial securities laws and “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of applicable Canadian and U.S. securities laws. Forward-looking statements include statements that are predictive in nature, depend upon or refer to future events or conditions, include statements regarding the operations, business, financial condition, expected financial results, performance, prospects, opportunities, priorities, targets, goals, ongoing objectives, strategies and outlook of Brookfield Business Partners, as well as regarding recently completed and proposed acquisitions, dispositions, and other transactions, and the outlook for North American and international economies for the current fiscal year and subsequent periods, and include words such as “expects”, “anticipates”, “plans”, “believes”, “estimates”, “seeks”, “intends”, “targets”, “projects”, “forecasts”, “views”, “potential”, “likely” or negative versions thereof and other similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “would” and “could”.

    Although we believe that our anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements and information are based upon reasonable assumptions and expectations, investors and other readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements and information because they involve assumptions, known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of Brookfield Business Partners to differ materially from anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements and information. These beliefs, assumptions and expectations can change as a result of many possible events or factors, not all of which are known to us or are within our control. If a change occurs, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations and our plans and strategies may vary materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements and forward-looking information herein.

    Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated or implied by forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following: the cyclical nature of our operating businesses and general economic conditions and risks relating to the economy, including unfavorable changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, inflation, commodity prices and volatility in the financial markets; the ability to complete and effectively integrate acquisitions into existing operations and the ability to attain expected benefits; business competition, including competition for acquisition opportunities; strategic actions including our ability to complete dispositions and achieve the anticipated benefits therefrom; global equity and capital markets and the availability of equity and debt financing and refinancing within these markets; changes to U.S. laws or policies, including changes in U.S. domestic and economic policies as well as foreign trade policies and tariffs; technological change; litigation; cybersecurity incidents; the possible impact of international conflicts, wars and related developments including terrorist acts and cyber terrorism; operational, or business risks that are specific to any of our business services operations, infrastructure services operations or industrials operations; changes in government policy and legislation; catastrophic events, such as earthquakes, hurricanes and pandemics/epidemics; changes in tax law and practice; and other risks and factors detailed from time to time in our documents filed with the securities regulators in Canada and the United States including those set forth in the “Risk Factors” section in our annual report for the year ended December 31, 2024 filed on Form 20-F.

    Statements relating to “reserves” are deemed to be forward-looking statements as they involve the implied assessment, based on certain estimates and assumptions, that the reserves described herein can be profitably produced in the future. We qualify any and all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary factors.

    We caution that the foregoing list of important factors that may affect future results is not exhaustive. When relying on our forward-looking statements and information, investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and potential events. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements or information, whether written or oral, that may be as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    Cautionary Statement Regarding the Use of a Non-IFRS Measure

    This news release contains references to a Non-IFRS measure. Adjusted EBITDA is not a generally accepted accounting measure under IFRS and therefore may differ from definitions used by other entities. We believe this is a useful supplemental measure that may assist investors in assessing the financial performance of Brookfield Business Partners and its subsidiaries. However, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, analysis of our financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS.

    References to Brookfield Business Partners are to Brookfield Business Partners L.P. together with its subsidiaries, controlled affiliates and operating entities. Unitholders’ results include limited partnership units, redemption-exchange units, general partnership units, BBUC exchangeable shares and special limited partnership units. More detailed information on certain references made in this news release will be available in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our interim report for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025 furnished on Form 6-K.

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: From Exchange to Ecosystem Builder: MEXC Celebrates 7th Anniversary at TOKEN2049 Dubai with $300M Ecosystem Development Fund Launch

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    VICTORIA, Seychelles, May 02, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — MEXC, a leading global cryptocurrency exchange serving over 36 million users, concluded its successful participation as an exclusive Title Sponsor at Token2049 Dubai, where the company celebrated its milestone 7th anniversary and announced a groundbreaking $300 million ecosystem development fund.

    7 Years of Excellence: A Foundation for Ecosystem Expansion

    The premier crypto event, which took place from April 30 to May 1, 2025 in Dubai, provided MEXC with the perfect platform to commemorate seven years of growth and innovation in the cryptocurrency space. During the celebratory “Celebra7e MEXC Cocktail Party”, Tracy Jin, COO of MEXC, delivered an inspiring opening speech highlighting the exchange’s remarkable journey.

    “Seven years may sound short, but in the fast-moving world of crypto, it’s a lifetime,” Jin told attendees. “To thrive in this ever-evolving space takes resilience, vision, and trust—and we’ve only made it this far because of you.”

    Jin revealed impressive growth metrics: the MEXC team has nearly doubled to 2,000 employees across Growth, R&D, and Business Support divisions. The platform now offers more than 3,000 crypto assets and has built a community of over 2.25 million Twitter followers and approximately 193,000 Telegram members.

    “We’ve also hosted over 2,293 airdrop events, distributing over $136 million in rewards,” Jin added. “This is our way of thanking you for your ongoing trust and loyalty.”

    $300 Million MEXC Ecosystem Development Fund Unveiled

    The highlight of MEXC’s Token2049 Dubai participation was the official announcement of its $300 million Ecosystem Development Fund, signaling the company’s strategic evolution from an exchange service to a comprehensive ecosystem builder. The five-year fund represents MEXC’s commitment to fostering blockchain innovation across multiple sectors.

    The fund will focus on strategic investments in public chains, stablecoins, wallets, and media platforms, providing not only financial backing but also leveraging MEXC’s exchange business cooperation to deliver enhanced value to portfolio projects. This dual approach positions fund recipients to benefit from both capital investment and operational synergies within the MEXC ecosystem.

    “After seven years of market resilience, MEXC is uniquely positioned as a trusted ecosystem partner,” said Tracy Jin. “This fund represents our vision for the future of decentralized finance and our commitment to supporting the next generation of blockchain innovations.”

    IgniteX: $30 Million CSR Initiative for Web3 Talent Development

    Alongside the ecosystem fund, MEXC Ventures launched “IgniteX” – a $30 million, five-year CSR initiative to foster Web3 talent and innovation. The program will support early-stage startups, research, developer communities, and academic institutions, with focus on decentralized infrastructure, AI-blockchain integration, stablecoins, and fintech. IgniteX combines mentorship, education, and funding to build a future-ready ecosystem and prepare the next generation of Web3 users and leaders.

    Industry Insights Shared at Panel Discussion

    MEXC’s presence at Token2049 Dubai extended beyond celebrations and announcements to include thought leadership. Tracy Jin participated in a panel discussion titled “What’s Next for Crypto Markets: The Exchange Perspective” on the OKX main stage on 1 May. The discussion explored upcoming trends, challenges, and opportunities in the cryptocurrency exchange sector, with Jin offering insights drawn from MEXC’s seven years of operational experience.

    During the panel, Jin emphasized MEXC’s continued focus on product innovation and market expansion while maintaining its core commitment to being “Your Easiest Way to Crypto” for users worldwide.

    Successful Side Events Strengthen Community Connections

    MEXC hosted multiple successful side events throughout TOKEN2049 Dubai, including the “Celebra7e MEXC Cocktail Party,” “Dao People x MEXC: VIP Party” at BIRDS, a “TR KOL Exclusive Yacht Party” aboard Xclusive Yachts, and participation in the “AFTER2049” event at Be Beach. These gatherings provided valuable networking opportunities for industry professionals, partners, and MEXC community members.

    At the company’s exhibition booth, MEXC showcased its revolutionary DEX+ platform and displayed a collection of seven limited-edition anniversary merchandise items that proved popular with attendees. Throughout the conference, MEXC representatives conducted product demonstrations, engaged with visitors, and discussed potential partnerships.

    Behind the scenes, Jin noted that MEXC’s service team has resolved more than 1 million user requests and recovered over $1.8 million in user assets—underscoring the company’s commitment to security and user experience.

    Looking Ahead

    As Token2049 Dubai concluded, MEXC’s successful participation not only celebrated its past achievements but also laid the groundwork for its future vision. The announcement of the $300 million Ecosystem Development Fund, combined with ongoing product innovations and market expansion efforts, positions MEXC for continued growth in its eighth year and beyond.

    About MEXC
    Founded in 2018, MEXC is committed to being “Your Easiest Way to Crypto.” Serving over 36 million users across 170+ countries, MEXC is known for its broad selection of trending tokens, everyday airdrop opportunities, and low trading fees. Our user-friendly platform is designed to support both new traders and experienced investors, offering secure and efficient access to digital assets. MEXC prioritizes simplicity and innovation, making crypto trading more accessible and rewarding.
    MEXC Official Website | X | Telegram | How to Sign Up on MEXC

    Risk Disclaimer:
    The information provided in this article regarding cryptocurrencies does not constitute investment advice. Given the highly volatile nature of the cryptocurrency market, investors are encouraged to carefully assess market fluctuations, the fundamentals of projects, and potential financial risks before making any trading decisions.

    Source

    Contact:
    Lucia Hu
    lucia.hu@mexc.com

    Disclaimer: This is a paid post and is provided by MEXC. The statements, views, and opinions expressed in this content are solely those of the content provider and do not necessarily reflect the views of this media platform or its publisher. We do not endorse, verify, or guarantee the accuracy, completeness, or reliability of any information presented. We do not guarantee any claims, statements, or promises made in this article. This content is for informational purposes only and should not be considered financial, investment, or trading advice.Investing in crypto and mining-related opportunities involves significant risks, including the potential loss of capital. It is possible to lose all your capital. These products may not be suitable for everyone, and you should ensure that you understand the risks involved. Seek independent advice if necessary. Speculate only with funds that you can afford to lose. Readers are strongly encouraged to conduct their own research and consult with a qualified financial advisor before making any investment decisions. However, due to the inherently speculative nature of the blockchain sector—including cryptocurrency, NFTs, and mining—complete accuracy cannot always be guaranteed.Neither the media platform nor the publisher shall be held responsible for any fraudulent activities, misrepresentations, or financial losses arising from the content of this press release. In the event of any legal claims or charges against this article, we accept no liability or responsibility. Globenewswire does not endorse any content on this page.

    Legal Disclaimer: This media platform provides the content of this article on an “as-is” basis, without any warranties or representations of any kind, express or implied. We assume no responsibility for any inaccuracies, errors, or omissions. We do not assume any responsibility or liability for the accuracy, content, images, videos, licenses, completeness, legality, or reliability of the information presented herein. Any concerns, complaints, or copyright issues related to this article should be directed to the content provider mentioned above.

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/e8a5c052-bac1-4ead-bdd2-d6a2ed2c24dd

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: India’s Creator Economy Projected to Influence Over $1 Trillion in Consumer Spend by 2030: BCG Report to be Unveiled at WAVES 2025

    Source: Government of India

    Posted On: 02 MAY 2025 2:33PM by PIB Mumbai

    Mumbai, 2 May 2025

     

    India’s digital landscape is undergoing a significant transformation driven by the rise of its creator economy. A new report by the Boston Consulting Group (BCG), titled “From Content to Commerce: Mapping India’s Creator Economy”, set to be launched tomorrow (3rd May 2025)  at WAVES 2025 in Mumbai,will reveal that India’s creators currently influence over $350 billion in consumer spending annually — a figure expected to surpass $1 trillion by 2030.

    The report highlights that India is home to 2 to 2.5 million active digital creators, defined as individuals with over 1,000 followers. Despite the scale, only 8–10% of them currently monetize their content effectively, underscoring the untapped potential of this fast-growing sector. The creator ecosystem’s direct revenues, estimated at $20–25 billion today, are projected to reach $100–125 billion by the end of the decade.

    Key insights from the report will include:

    • Creators influence more than 30% of consumer decisions, shaping $350–400 billion in spending today.
    • The ecosystem is expanding beyond Gen Z and metropolitan centres, reaching varied age groups and city tiers.
    • Short-form video remains the dominant content format, with comedy, films, daily soaps, and fashion being the most consumed genres.
    • Brand strategies are evolving, with increased emphasis on faster content production, greater creative freedom, diversified consumer targeting, and outcome-based testing.
    • Revenue models are diversifying, with consumer-funded avenues such as virtual gifting, live commerce, and subscriptions gaining traction.
    • Brands are expected to scale up their investments in creator marketing by 1.5 to 3 times in the coming years, signalling a pivotal shift in marketing and commerce driven by the digital creator ecosystem.

    The BCG report will be officially released during WAVES 2025 in Mumbai tomorrow. Discussions at the ongoing mega event WAVES 2025 on the emerging contours of AI, Social Media, AVGC Sector and Films reflect India’s expanding footprint in the Digital Media sphere.

     

    * * *

    PIB TEAM WAVES 2025 | Rajith/ Lekshmipriya/ Darshana | 141

    (Release ID: 2126106) Visitor Counter : 18

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Inland Revenue Department issues tax returns for individuals

    Source: Hong Kong Government special administrative region

    Inland Revenue Department issues tax returns for individuals???
    Mr Chan said that the Inland Revenue (Amendment) (Tax Concessions) Bill 2025 was passed by the Legislative Council on April 30, 2025, which gives effect to the proposal in the 2025-26 Budget to reduce salaries tax, tax under personal assessment and profits tax for the year of assessment 2024/25 by 100 per cent, subject to a ceiling of $1,500 per case. Taxpayers only need to complete the tax returns for the year of assessment 2024/25 as usual. The tax concessions will be reflected in their final tax payable. 
    He said, “The IRD is committed to promoting tax digitalisation and has been upgrading the functions of electronic tax filing to facilitate taxpayers and enhance the efficiency, reliability and accuracy of return filing. The IRD will launch three portals under eTAX this July, namely Individual Tax Portal, Business Tax Portal and Tax Representative Portal. Existing individual tax services provided by eTAX will be migrated to the Individual Tax Portal with a new design and enhanced functions. A mobile application for the portal will also be launched. The Business Tax Portal and the Tax Representative Portal enable businesses and service agents respectively to handle tax and business affairs electronically.”
     
    He reminded taxpayers that when filing profits tax returns online, they may submit at the same time supporting documents in a specified electronic format. Details on electronic filing of profits tax returns are available on the IRD’s website 
    Taxpayers may visit the IRD’s “    e-Seminars—————————————————————
     

    Categories

    MIL-OSI

    Next PostAnime Ascending: Experts Decode Global Storytelling Strategies and Industry Growth at WAVES 2025

    Proudly powered by WordPress

    Tax TypeRevenue
    (Provisional
    Figures)
    ($million)Revenue
    (Actual
    Figures)
    ($million)Personal AssessmentProfits TaxPlease see Annex 1 for details of the IRD’s tax revenue collection in the financial year 2024-25.
    Issued at HKT 16:50

    NNNN

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

  • MIL-OSI: Best Email Service For Business (2025): Klaviyo Awarded Top Email Marketing Software by Software Experts

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK CITY, May 02, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Software Experts has named Klaviyo one of the top email marketing platforms of the year. Klaviyo’s AI-powered automation, real-time customer data integration, and multi-channel marketing capabilities position it as a primary choice for businesses who want to enhance customer engagement and maximize revenue.

    Top Email Marketing Software

    • Klaviyo – an AI-powered email marketing platform that leverages real-time customer data and automation to drive engagement and sales

    This article is sponsored by Klaviyo. All opinions expressed are those of Software Experts. Software Experts offers news and reviews on consumer products and services and may earn commissions from purchases made through featured links.

    Email marketing remains a critical channel for businesses aiming to foster customer relationships, increase brand awareness, and generate sales. However, the effectiveness of email campaigns depends on personalization, automation, and data-driven decision-making. Klaviyo distinguishes itself by leveraging advanced AI and machine learning algorithms to optimize email content, segmentation, and automation flows in real time.

    Key Features

    Software Experts highlighted several core capabilities that contributed to Klaviyo’s recognition as a leading email marketing software:

    Real-Time Data and Segmentation: Klaviyo collects and processes customer data in real time, allowing businesses to create highly targeted audience segments. This ensures that marketing messages reach the right customers at the right time to help increase engagement and conversions.

    Automation Flows for Scalable Engagement: Klaviyo offers pre-built automation workflows for welcome emails, cart abandonment reminders, shipping updates, and post-purchase follow-ups. These automated sequences help businesses maintain continuous communication with their customers while reducing manual effort.

    Multi-Channel Marketing Integration: Beyond email, Klaviyo integrates SMS, push notifications, and e-commerce platforms to ensure a consistent and synchronized marketing approach across multiple channels. This is particularly valuable for businesses using platforms like Shopify, WooCommerce, and Magento.

    AI-Powered Content and Personalization: Klaviyo’s AI marketing tools enable hyper-precise personalization, from dynamic product recommendations to predictive analytics that forecast customer behavior. Businesses can tailor emails based on past purchases, browsing activity, and engagement patterns.

    User-Friendly Template Editor: With an intuitive drag-and-drop editor, Klaviyo makes it easy for both beginners and experienced marketers to create high-converting emails without needing advanced design skills.

    Data-Driven Reporting and Benchmarking: Klaviyo provides AI-generated insights that help businesses measure campaign effectiveness, track revenue impact, and compare performance against industry benchmarks.

    Revenue Impact and Business Growth

    One of the key reasons Klaviyo earned recognition from Software Experts is its ability to drive measurable results. Businesses using Klaviyo’s automated email campaigns consistently report higher revenue per recipient compared to those relying on manual email marketing efforts.

    “AI-driven automation is no longer just a trend—it’s a necessity for modern businesses,” Drew Thomas, Software Experts spokesperson, added. “Klaviyo’s ability to translate data into revenue-generating marketing strategies gives it a distinct advantage in competitive email marketing.”

    Scalable Pricing for Businesses of All Sizes

    Klaviyo’s pricing model is based on active profiles (customers that can be emailed) to make sure that businesses only pay for the contacts they actively engage with. Pricing starts at $60 per month, with a free tier available that allows up to 500 emails per month. This flexibility makes Klaviyo accessible to startups, small businesses, and large enterprises alike.

    Additionally, Klaviyo offers built-in compliance and deliverability tools This helps marketing emails reach inboxes effectively while adhering to industry regulations.

    A Leading B2C CRM for Customer Engagement

    Beyond email marketing, Klaviyo is positioning itself as a B2C CRM, enabling businesses to build deeper customer connections and drive lifetime value. With over 350 pre-built integrations, Klaviyo seamlessly connects with e-commerce platforms, customer data tools, and marketing automation systems, making it a central hub for customer engagement.

    Recognition Among Industry Leaders

    Software Experts’ ranking of top email marketing software is based on an evaluation of innovation, usability, performance, scalability, and ROI impact. Klaviyo’s commitment to AI-driven marketing, customer data utilization, and automation efficiency solidified its position as a top choice for businesses looking to scale their marketing operations.

    For businesses seeking an AI-powered, data-driven email marketing solution, Software Experts recognizes Klaviyo as an industry leader that delivers measurable growth, enhances customer engagement, and simplifies marketing automation.

    Click here for more details on Klaviyo’s features and capabilities. For a more in-depth review, please visit the Software Expert website.

    About Klaviyo

    Klaviyo is a B2C CRM designed to help consumer brands unify marketing, analytics, and customer interactions through AI-driven automation and real-time data insights. Founded in 2012 by Andrew Bialecki and Ed Hallen, Klaviyo has evolved from a customer database into a platform used by over 167,000 brands worldwide, enabling businesses to personalize messaging, automate engagement, and build lifelong customer relationships. Its key milestones include launching email marketing (2013), marketing attribution (2018), SMS marketing (2020), customer reviews (2022), a customer data platform (2023), and its full B2C CRM (2025). Headquartered in Boston with offices in Denver, San Francisco, London, Dublin, and Sydney, Klaviyo’s name—derived from clavija (Spanish for mountaineering pitons)—reflects its mission to support brands as they scale and grow.

    About Software Experts: Software Experts provides news and reviews of consumer products and services. As an affiliate, Software Experts may earn commissions from sales generated using links provided.

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Shell Plc 1st Quarter 2025 Unaudited Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

                                 
    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS    		        
                                             
     
    SUMMARY OF UNAUDITED RESULTS
    Quarters $ million    
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024 %¹   Reference      
    4,780    928    7,358    +415 Income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders        
    5,577    3,661    7,734    +52 Adjusted Earnings A      
    15,250    14,281    18,711    +7 Adjusted EBITDA A      
    9,281    13,162    13,330    -29 Cash flow from operating activities        
    (3,959)   (4,431)   (3,528)     Cash flow from investing activities        
    5,322    8,731    9,802      Free cash flow G      
    4,175    6,924    4,493      Cash capital expenditure C      
    8,575    9,401    8,997    -9 Operating expenses F      
    8,453    9,138    9,054    -7 Underlying operating expenses F      
    10.4% 11.3% 12.0%   ROACE D      
    76,511    77,078    79,931      Total debt E      
    41,521    38,809    40,513      Net debt E      
    18.7% 17.7% 17.7%   Gearing E      
    2,838    2,815    2,911    +1 Oil and gas production available for sale (thousand boe/d)        
    0.79    0.15    1.14 +427 Basic earnings per share ($)        
    0.92    0.60    1.20    +53 Adjusted Earnings per share ($) B      
    0.3580    0.3580    0.3440    — Dividend per share ($)        

    1.Q1 on Q4 change

    Quarter Analysis1

    Income attributable to Shell plc shareholders, compared with the fourth quarter 2024, reflected lower exploration well write-offs, lower operating expenses and higher Products margins.

    First quarter 2025 income attributable to Shell plc shareholders also included a charge of $0.5 billion related to the UK Energy Profits Levy and impairment charges. These items are included in identified items amounting to a net loss of $0.8 billion in the quarter. This compares with identified items in the fourth quarter 2024 which amounted to a net loss of $2.8 billion.

    Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted EBITDA2 were driven by the same factors as income attributable to Shell plc shareholders and adjusted for the above identified items.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the first quarter 2025 was $9.3 billion and primarily driven by Adjusted EBITDA, partly offset by tax payments of $2.9 billion and working capital outflows of $2.7 billion. The working capital outflows mainly reflected accounts receivable and payable movements.

    Cash flow from investing activities for the first quarter 2025 was an outflow of $4.0 billion, and included cash capital expenditure of $4.2 billion, and net other investing cash outflows of $0.9 billion which included the drawdowns on loan facilities provided at completion of the sale of The Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited (SPDC) in Nigeria, partly offset by divestment proceeds of $0.6 billion.

    Net debt and Gearing: At the end of the first quarter 2025, net debt was $41.5 billion, compared with $38.8 billion at the end of the fourth quarter 2024. This reflects free cash flow of $5.3 billion, which included working capital outflows of $2.7 billion, more than offset by share buybacks of $3.3 billion, cash dividends paid to Shell plc shareholders of $2.2 billion, lease additions of $1.3 billion including those related to the Pavilion Energy Pte. Ltd. acquisition and interest payments of $0.8 billion. Gearing was 18.7% at the end of the first quarter 2025, compared with 17.7% at the end of the fourth quarter 2024, mainly driven by higher net debt.

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

    Shareholder distributions

    Total shareholder distributions in the quarter amounted to $5.5 billion comprising repurchases of shares of $3.3 billion and cash dividends paid to Shell plc shareholders of $2.2 billion. Dividends declared to Shell plc shareholders for the first quarter 2025 amount to $0.3580 per share. Shell has now completed $3.5 billion of share buybacks announced in the fourth quarter 2024 results announcement. Today, Shell announces a share buyback programme of $3.5 billion which is expected to be completed by the second quarter 2025 results announcement.

    This Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report, together with supplementary financial and operational disclosure for this quarter, is available at www.shell.com/investors 3.

    1.All earnings amounts are shown post-tax, unless stated otherwise.

    2.Adjusted EBITDA is without interest, taxation, exploration well write-offs and depreciation, depletion and amortisation (DD&A) expenses.

    3.Not incorporated by reference.

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENTS

    Integrated Gas

    In March 2025, we completed the previously announced acquisition of 100% of the shares in Pavilion Energy Pte. Ltd. (Pavilion Energy). Pavilion Energy, headquartered in Singapore, operates a global LNG trading business with contracted supply volume of approximately 6.5 million tonnes per annum (mtpa).

    Upstream

    In January 2025, we announced the start of production at the Shell-operated Whale floating production facility in the Gulf of America. The Whale development is owned by Shell (60%, operator) and Chevron U.S.A. Inc. (40%).

    In February 2025, we announced production restart at the Penguins field in the UK North Sea with a modern floating, production, storage and offloading (FPSO) facility (Shell 50%, operator; NEO Energy 50%). The previous export route for this field was via the Brent Charlie platform, which ceased production in 2021 and is being decommissioned.

    In February 2025, we signed an agreement to acquire a 15.96% working interest from ConocoPhillips Company in the Shell-operated Ursa platform in the Gulf of America. The transaction completed on May 1, 2025 which increases Shell’s working interest in the Ursa platform from 45.3884% to 61.3484%.

    In March 2025, we completed the sale of SPDC to Renaissance, as announced in January 2024.

    In March 2025, we announced the Final Investment Decision (FID) for Gato do Mato, a deep-water project in the pre-salt area of the Santos Basin, offshore Brazil. The Gato do Mato Consortium includes Shell (operator, 50%), Ecopetrol (30%), TotalEnergies (20%) and Pré-Sal Petróleo S.A. (PPSA) acting as the manager of the production sharing contract (PSC).

    Chemicals and Products

    In January 2025, CNOOC and Shell Petrochemicals Company Limited (CSPC), a 50:50 joint venture between Shell and CNOOC Petrochemicals Investment Ltd, took an FID to expand its petrochemical complex in Daya Bay, Huizhou, south China.

    In April 2025, we completed the previously announced sale of our Energy and Chemicals Park in Singapore to CAPGC Pte. Ltd. (CAPGC), a joint venture between Chandra Asri Capital Pte. Ltd. and Glencore Asian Holdings Pte. Ltd.

    In April 2025, we agreed to sell our 16.125% interest in Colonial Enterprises, Inc. (“Colonial”) to Colossus AcquireCo LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P. and its institutional partners (collectively, “Brookfield”), for $1.45 billion. The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and is expected to close in the fourth quarter of 2025.

    Renewables and Energy Solutions

    In January 2025, we completed the previously announced acquisition of a 100% equity stake in RISEC Holdings, LLC, which owns a 609-megawatt (MW) two-unit combined-cycle gas turbine power plant in Rhode Island, USA.

             Page 2

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

    PERFORMANCE BY SEGMENT

                                             
                       
    INTEGRATED GAS        
    Quarters $ million                
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024 %¹   Reference      
    2,789    1,744    2,761    +60 Income/(loss) for the period        
    306    (421)   (919)     Of which: Identified items A      
    2,483    2,165    3,680    +15 Adjusted Earnings A      
    4,735    4,568    6,136    +4 Adjusted EBITDA A      
    3,463    4,391    4,712    -21 Cash flow from operating activities A      
    1,116    1,337    1,041      Cash capital expenditure C      
    126    116    137    +9 Liquids production available for sale (thousand b/d)        
    4,644    4,574    4,954    +2 Natural gas production available for sale (million scf/d)        
    927    905    992    +2 Total production available for sale (thousand boe/d)        
    6.60    7.06    7.58    -6 LNG liquefaction volumes (million tonnes)        
    16.49    15.50    16.87    +6 LNG sales volumes (million tonnes)        

    1.Q1 on Q4 change

    Integrated Gas includes liquefied natural gas (LNG), conversion of natural gas into gas-to-liquids (GTL) fuels and other products. It includes natural gas and liquids exploration and extraction, and the operation of the upstream and midstream infrastructure necessary to deliver these to market. Integrated Gas also includes the marketing, trading and optimisation of LNG.

    Quarter Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the fourth quarter 2024, reflected lower exploration well write-offs ($277 million), partly offset by lower LNG liquefaction volumes (decrease of $68 million). The net effect of contributions from trading and optimisation and realised prices was in line with the fourth quarter 2024 despite higher unfavourable (non-cash) impact of expiring hedging contracts.

    Identified items in the first quarter 2025 included favourable movements of $362 million due to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives, that as part of Shell’s normal business are entered into as hedges for mitigation of economic exposures on future purchases, sales and inventory. These favourable movements compare with the fourth quarter 2024 which included impairment charges of $339 million and a loss of $96 million related to sale of assets, partly offset by favourable movements of $109 million due to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives.

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the quarter was primarily driven by Adjusted EBITDA, and net cash inflows related to derivatives of $542 million, partly offset by tax payments of $773 million and working capital outflows of $687 million.

    Total oil and gas production, compared with the fourth quarter 2024, increased by 2% mainly due to lower planned maintenance in Pearl GTL (Qatar), partly offset by unplanned maintenance and weather constraints in Australia. LNG liquefaction volumes decreased by 6% mainly due to unplanned maintenance and weather constraints in Australia.

    1.All earnings amounts are shown post-tax, unless stated otherwise.

    2.Adjusted EBITDA is without interest, taxation, exploration well write-offs and DD&A expenses.

             Page 3

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                             
                       
    UPSTREAM          
    Quarters $ million                
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024 %¹   Reference      
    2,080    1,031    2,272    +102 Income/(loss) for the period        
    (257)   (651)   339      Of which: Identified items A      
    2,337    1,682    1,933    +39 Adjusted Earnings A      
    7,387    7,676    7,888    -4 Adjusted EBITDA A      
    3,945    4,509    5,727    -13 Cash flow from operating activities A      
    1,923    2,076    2,010      Cash capital expenditure C      
    1,335    1,332    1,331    — Liquids production available for sale (thousand b/d)        
    3,020    3,056    3,136    -1 Natural gas production available for sale (million scf/d)        
    1,855    1,859    1,872    — Total production available for sale (thousand boe/d)        

    1.Q1 on Q4 change

    The Upstream segment includes exploration and extraction of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids. It also markets and transports oil and gas, and operates the infrastructure necessary to deliver them to the market.

    Quarter Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the fourth quarter 2024, reflected lower exploration well write-offs ($346 million), lower depreciation, depletion and amortisation expenses (decrease of $330 million), lower operating expenses ($194 million) and comparative favourable tax movements ($179 million), partly offset by lower volumes (decrease of $359 million).

    Identified items in the first quarter 2025 included a charge of $509 million related to the UK Energy Profits Levy, partly offset by gains of $159 million from disposal of assets and gains of $95 million related to the impact of the strengthening Brazilian real on a deferred tax position. These charges and favourable movements compare with the fourth quarter 2024 which included a loss of $161 million related to the impact of the weakening Brazilian real on a deferred tax position, and impairment charges of $152 million.

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the first quarter 2025 was primarily driven by Adjusted EBITDA, partly offset by tax payments of $1,999 million and working capital outflows of $913 million.

    Total production, compared with the fourth quarter 2024, decreased mainly due to the SPDC divestment, largely offset by new oil production.

    1.All earnings amounts are shown post-tax, unless stated otherwise.

    2.Adjusted EBITDA is without interest, taxation, exploration well write-offs and DD&A expenses.

             Page 4

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                             
                       
    MARKETING        
    Quarters $ million                
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024 %¹   Reference      
    814    103    896    +688 Income/(loss) for the period        
    (49)   (736)   (7)     Of which: Identified items A      
    900    839    781    +7 Adjusted Earnings A      
    1,869    1,709    1,686    +9 Adjusted EBITDA A      
    1,907    1,363    1,319    +40 Cash flow from operating activities A      
    256    811    465      Cash capital expenditure C      
    2,674    2,795    2,763    -4 Marketing sales volumes (thousand b/d)        

    1.Q1 on Q4 change

    The Marketing segment comprises the Mobility, Lubricants, and Sectors and Decarbonisation businesses. The Mobility business operates Shell’s retail network including electric vehicle charging services and the Wholesale commercial fuels business which provides fuels for transport, industry and heating. The Lubricants business produces, markets and sells lubricants for road transport, and machinery used in manufacturing, mining, power generation, agriculture and construction. The Sectors and Decarbonisation business sells fuels, speciality products and services including low-carbon energy solutions to a broad range of commercial customers including the aviation, marine, and agricultural sectors.

    Quarter Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the fourth quarter 2024, reflected lower operating expenses (decrease of $69 million), and higher Marketing margins (increase of $54 million) mainly due to higher Lubricants unit margins and seasonal impact of higher volumes partly offset by lower Mobility margins due to seasonal impact of lower volumes and lower Sectors and Decarbonisation margins. These net gains were partly offset by unfavourable tax movements ($109 million).

    Identified items in the first quarter 2025 included net losses of $61 million related to sale of assets. These losses compare with the fourth quarter 2024 which included impairment charges of $458 million, and net losses of $247 million related to sale of assets.

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the first quarter 2025 was primarily driven by Adjusted EBITDA, inflows relating to the timing impact of payments related to emission certificates and biofuel programmes of $540 million, and dividends (net of profits) from joint ventures and associates of $203 million. These inflows were partly offset by working capital outflows of $344 million and tax payments of $174 million.

    Marketing sales volumes (comprising hydrocarbon sales), compared with the fourth quarter 2024, decreased mainly due to seasonality.

    1.All earnings amounts are shown post-tax, unless stated otherwise.

    2.Adjusted EBITDA is without interest, taxation, exploration well write-offs and DD&A expenses.

             Page 5

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                             
                       
    CHEMICALS AND PRODUCTS        
    Quarters $ million                
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024 %¹   Reference      
    (77)   (276)   1,311    +72 Income/(loss) for the period        
    (581)   (99)   (458)     Of which: Identified items A      
    449    (229)   1,615    +296 Adjusted Earnings A      
    1,410    475    2,826    +197 Adjusted EBITDA A      
    130    2,032    (349)   -94 Cash flow from operating activities A      
    458    1,392    500      Cash capital expenditure C      
    1,362    1,215    1,430    +12 Refinery processing intake (thousand b/d)        
    2,813    2,926    2,883    -4 Chemicals sales volumes (thousand tonnes)        

    1.Q1 on Q4 change

    The Chemicals and Products segment includes chemicals manufacturing plants with their own marketing network, and refineries which turn crude oil and other feedstocks into a range of oil products which are moved and marketed around the world for domestic, industrial and transport use. The segment also includes the pipeline business, trading and optimisation of crude oil, oil products and petrochemicals, and Oil Sands activities (the extraction of bitumen from mined oil sands and its conversion into synthetic crude oil).

    Quarter Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the fourth quarter 2024, reflected higher Products margins (increase of $546 million) mainly driven by higher margins from trading and optimisation and higher refining margins. Adjusted Earnings also reflected higher Chemicals margins (increase of $115 million). In addition, the first quarter 2025 reflected lower operating expenses (decrease of $134 million). These net gains were partly offset by comparative unfavourable tax movements ($96 million).

    In the first quarter 2025, Chemicals had negative Adjusted Earnings of $137 million and Products had positive Adjusted Earnings of $586 million.

    Identified items in the first quarter 2025 included impairment charges of $277 million, and unfavourable movements of $202 million due to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives, that as part of Shell’s normal business are entered into as hedges for mitigation of economic exposures on future purchases, sales and inventory. These charges and unfavourable movements compare with the fourth quarter 2024 which included impairment charges of $224 million, partly offset by favourable deferred tax movements of $114 million..

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the first quarter 2025 was primarily driven by Adjusted EBITDA, and inflows relating to the timing impact of payments relating to emission certificates and biofuel programmes of $125 million. These inflows were partly offset by working capital outflows of $1,081 million, and net cash outflows relating to commodity derivatives of $508 million.

    Chemicals manufacturing plant utilisation was 81% compared with 75% in the fourth quarter 2024, mainly due to lower planned and unplanned maintenance.

    Refinery utilisation was 85% compared with 76% in the fourth quarter 2024, mainly due to lower planned maintenance.

    1.All earnings amounts are shown post-tax, unless stated otherwise.

    2.Adjusted EBITDA is without interest, taxation, exploration well write-offs and DD&A expenses.

             Page 6

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                             
                       
    RENEWABLES AND ENERGY SOLUTIONS        
    Quarters $ million                
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024 %¹   Reference      
    (247)   (1,226)   553    +80 Income/(loss) for the period        
    (205)   (914)   390      Of which: Identified items A      
    (42)   (311)   163    +87 Adjusted Earnings A      
    111    (123)   267    +190 Adjusted EBITDA A      
    367    850    2,466    -57 Cash flow from operating activities A      
    403    1,277    438      Cash capital expenditure C      
    76    76    77    +1 External power sales (terawatt hours)2        
    184    165    190    +12 Sales of pipeline gas to end-use customers (terawatt hours)3        

    1.Q1 on Q4 change

    2.Physical power sales to third parties; excluding financial trades and physical trade with brokers, investors, financial institutions, trading platforms, and wholesale traders.

    3.Physical natural gas sales to third parties; excluding financial trades and physical trade with brokers, investors, financial institutions, trading platforms, and wholesale traders. Excluding sales of natural gas by other segments and LNG sales.

    Renewables and Energy Solutions includes activities such as renewable power generation, the marketing and trading and optimisation of power and pipeline gas, as well as carbon credits, and digitally enabled customer solutions. It also includes the production and marketing of hydrogen, development of commercial carbon capture and storage hubs, investment in nature-based projects that avoid or reduce carbon emissions, and Shell Ventures, which invests in companies that work to accelerate the energy and mobility transformation.

    Quarter Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the fourth quarter 2024, reflected higher margins (increase of $99 million) mainly due to higher trading and optimisation in the Americas as a result of higher seasonal demand and volatility, lower operating expenses (decrease of $90 million) and comparative favourable tax movements ($89 million). Most Renewables and Energy Solutions activities were loss-making in the first quarter 2025, which was partly offset by positive Adjusted Earnings from trading and optimisation.

    Identified items in the first quarter 2025 included a charge of $143 million related to the disposal of assets. These charges compare with the fourth quarter 2024 which included impairment charges of $996 million mainly relating to renewable generation assets in North America, partly offset by favourable movements of $50 million due to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives, that as part of Shell’s normal business are entered into as hedges for mitigation of economic exposures on future purchases, sales and inventory.

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the first quarter 2025 was primarily driven by net cash inflows relating to working capital of $380 million and Adjusted EBITDA, partially offset by outflows related to derivatives of $169 million.

    1.All earnings amounts are shown post-tax, unless stated otherwise.

    2.Adjusted EBITDA is without interest, taxation, exploration well write-offs and DD&A expenses.

    Additional Growth Measures

                                             
    Quarters      
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024 %¹          
            Renewable power generation capacity (gigawatt):        
    3.5    3.4    3.2    +4 – In operation2        
    4.0    4.0    3.5    -1 – Under construction and/or committed for sale3        

    1.Q1 on Q4 change

    2.Shell’s equity share of renewable generation capacity post commercial operation date. It excludes Shell’s equity share of associates where information cannot be obtained.

    3.Shell’s equity share of renewable generation capacity under construction and/or committed for sale under long-term offtake agreements (PPA). It excludes Shell’s equity share of associates where information cannot be obtained.

             Page 7

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                     
                 
    CORPORATE      
    Quarters $ million          
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024   Reference    
    (483)   (335)   (354)   Income/(loss) for the period      
    (26)   45    14    Of which: Identified items A    
    (457)   (380)   (368)   Adjusted Earnings A    
    (261)   (24)   (92)   Adjusted EBITDA A    
    (531)   16    (545)   Cash flow from operating activities A    

    The Corporate segment covers the non-operating activities supporting Shell. It comprises Shell’s holdings and treasury organisation, headquarters and central functions, self-insurance activities and centrally managed longer-term innovation portfolio. All finance expense, income and related taxes are included in Corporate Adjusted Earnings rather than in the earnings of business segments.

    Quarter Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the fourth quarter 2024, reflected unfavourable currency exchange rate effects, partly offset by lower operating expenses.

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings.

    1.All earnings amounts are shown post-tax, unless stated otherwise.

    2.Adjusted EBITDA is without interest, taxation, exploration well write-offs and DD&A expenses.

             Page 8

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

    OUTLOOK FOR THE SECOND QUARTER 2025

    Full year 2024 cash capital expenditure was $21 billion. Our cash capital expenditure range for the full year 2025 is expected to be within $20 – $22 billion.

    Integrated Gas production is expected to be approximately 890 – 950 thousand boe/d. LNG liquefaction volumes are expected to be approximately 6.3 – 6.9 million tonnes. Second quarter 2025 outlook reflects scheduled maintenance across the portfolio.

    Upstream production is expected to be approximately 1,560 – 1,760 thousand boe/d. Production outlook reflects the SPDC divestment in March 2025 and the scheduled maintenance across the portfolio.

    Marketing sales volumes are expected to be approximately 2,600 – 3,100 thousand b/d.

    Refinery utilisation is expected to be approximately 87% – 95%. Chemicals manufacturing plant utilisation is expected to be approximately 74% – 82%. Second quarter 2025 utilisation outlook reflects the sale of the Energy and Chemicals Park in Singapore which was completed in April 2025.

    Corporate Adjusted Earnings1 were a net expense of $457 million for the first quarter 2025. Corporate Adjusted Earnings are expected to be a net expense of approximately $400 – $600 million in the second quarter 2025.

    1.For the definition of Adjusted Earnings and the most comparable GAAP measure see reference A.

    FORTHCOMING EVENTS

               
     
    Date Event
    May 20, 2025 Annual General Meeting
    July 31, 2025 Second quarter 2025 results and dividends
    October 30, 2025 Third quarter 2025 results and dividends

             Page 9

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                               
     
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME    
    Quarters $ million  
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
    69,234    66,281    72,478    Revenue1    
    615    (156)   1,318    Share of profit/(loss) of joint ventures and associates    
    302    683    907    Interest and other income/(expenses)2    
    70,152    66,807    74,703    Total revenue and other income/(expenses)    
    45,849    43,610    46,867    Purchases    
    5,549    5,839    5,810    Production and manufacturing expenses    
    2,840    3,231    2,975    Selling, distribution and administrative expenses    
    185    331    212    Research and development    
    210    861    750    Exploration    
    5,441    7,520    5,881    Depreciation, depletion and amortisation2    
    1,120    1,213    1,164    Interest expense    
    61,194    62,605    63,659    Total expenditure    
    8,959    4,205    11,044    Income/(loss) before taxation    
    4,083    3,164    3,604    Taxation charge/(credit)2    
    4,875    1,041    7,439    Income/(loss) for the period    
    95    113    82    Income/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interest    
    4,780    928    7,358    Income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders    
    0.79    0.15    1.14    Basic earnings per share ($)3    
    0.79    0.15    1.13    Diluted earnings per share ($)3    

    1.See Note 2 “Segment information”.

    2.See Note 7 “Other notes to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements”.

    3.See Note 3 “Earnings per share”.

                               
                 
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME    
    Quarters $ million        
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
    4,875    1,041    7,439    Income/(loss) for the period    
          Other comprehensive income/(loss) net of tax:    
          Items that may be reclassified to income in later periods:    
    1,711    (4,899)   (1,995)   – Currency translation differences1    
    6    (11)   (6)   – Debt instruments remeasurements    
    (25)   224    53    – Cash flow hedging gains/(losses)    
    (42)   (50)   (14)   – Deferred cost of hedging    
    74    (91)   (12)   – Share of other comprehensive income/(loss) of joint ventures and associates    
    1,723    (4,827)   (1,974)   Total    
          Items that are not reclassified to income in later periods:    
    306    239    439    – Retirement benefits remeasurements    
    (16)   (50)   78    – Equity instruments remeasurements    
    (36)   46    10    – Share of other comprehensive income/(loss) of joint ventures and associates    
    254    235    528    Total    
    1,977    (4,592)   (1,445)   Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period    
    6,852    (3,552)   5,994    Comprehensive income/(loss) for the period    
    105    50    56    Comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interest    
    6,748    (3,602)   5,937    Comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders    

    1.See Note 7 “Other notes to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements”.

             Page 10

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

                     
     
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
    $ million    
      March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
    Assets    
    Non-current assets    
    Goodwill 16,072    16,032   
    Other intangible assets1 11,365    9,480   
    Property, plant and equipment 183,712    185,219   
    Joint ventures and associates 24,236    23,445   
    Investments in securities 2,284    2,255   
    Deferred tax 6,989    6,857   
    Retirement benefits 10,266    10,003   
    Trade and other receivables 7,269    6,018   
    Derivative financial instruments² 400    374   
      262,593    259,683   
    Current assets    
    Inventories 22,984    23,426   
    Trade and other receivables 48,247    45,860   
    Derivative financial instruments² 8,941    9,673   
    Cash and cash equivalents 35,601    39,110   
      115,773    118,069   
    Assets classified as held for sale1 10,881    9,857   
      126,654    127,926   
    Total assets 389,248    387,609   
    Liabilities    
    Non-current liabilities    
    Debt 65,120    65,448   
    Trade and other payables 5,487    3,290   
    Derivative financial instruments² 1,565    2,185   
    Deferred tax 13,257    13,505   
    Retirement benefits 6,756    6,752   
    Decommissioning and other provisions 20,313    21,227   
      112,498    112,407   
    Current liabilities    
    Debt 11,391    11,630   
    Trade and other payables 60,870    60,693   
    Derivative financial instruments² 6,371    7,391   
    Income taxes payable 4,343    4,648   
    Decommissioning and other provisions 5,104    4,469   
      88,079    88,831   
    Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale1 8,001    6,203   
      96,080    95,034   
    Total liabilities 208,578    207,441   
    Equity attributable to Shell plc shareholders 178,813    178,307   
    Non-controlling interest 1,856    1,861   
    Total equity 180,670    180,168   
    Total liabilities and equity 389,248    387,609   

    1.    See Note 7 “Other notes to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements”.

    2.    See Note 6 “Derivative financial instruments and debt excluding lease liabilities”.

             Page 11

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                         
     
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
      Equity attributable to Shell plc shareholders      
    $ million Share capital1 Shares held in trust Other reserves² Retained earnings Total Non-controlling interest   Total equity
    At January 1, 2025 510    (803)   19,766    158,834    178,307    1,861      180,168   
    Comprehensive income/(loss) for the period —    —    1,967    4,780    6,748    105      6,852   
    Transfer from other comprehensive income —    —    11    (11)   —    —      —   
    Dividends³ —    —    —    (2,179)   (2,179)   (86)     (2,265)  
    Repurchases of shares4 (8)   —    8    (3,513)   (3,513)   —      (3,513)  
    Share-based compensation —    500    (663)   (405)   (567)   —      (567)  
    Other changes —    —    —    23    22    (24)     (2)  
    At March 31, 2025 502    (304)   21,090    157,527    178,813    1,856      180,670   
    At January 1, 2024 544    (997)   21,145    165,915    186,607    1,755      188,362   
    Comprehensive income/(loss) for the period —    —    (1,420)   7,358    5,937    56      5,994   
    Transfer from other comprehensive income —    —    138    (138)   —    —      —   
    Dividends3 —    —    —    (2,210)   (2,210)   (68)     (2,278)  
    Repurchases of shares4 (7)   —    7    (3,502)   (3,502)   —      (3,502)  
    Share-based compensation —    543    (426)   (392)   (275)   —      (275)  
    Other changes —    —    —    8    8    (4)     4   
    At March 31, 2024 537    (455)   19,445    167,038    186,565    1,739      188,304   

    1.    See Note 4 “Share capital”.

    2.    See Note 5 “Other reserves”.

    3.    The amount charged to retained earnings is based on prevailing exchange rates on payment date.

    4.     Includes shares committed to repurchase under an irrevocable contract and repurchases subject to settlement at the end of the quarter.

             Page 12

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                     
     
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS    
    Quarters $ million  
    Q1 2025   Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
    8,959      4,205    11,044    Income before taxation for the period    
            Adjustment for:    
    636      665    576    – Interest expense (net)    
    5,441      7,520    5,881    – Depreciation, depletion and amortisation1    
    28      649    554    – Exploration well write-offs    
    127      288    (10)   – Net (gains)/losses on sale and revaluation of non-current assets and businesses    
    (615)     156    (1,318)   – Share of (profit)/loss of joint ventures and associates    
    523      1,241    738    – Dividends received from joint ventures and associates    
    854      131    (608)   – (Increase)/decrease in inventories    
    (2,610)     751    (195)   – (Increase)/decrease in current receivables    
    (907)     1,524    (1,949)   – Increase/(decrease) in current payables    
    (244)     111    1,386    – Derivative financial instruments    
    (100)     (58)   (61)   – Retirement benefits    
    (480)     (256)   (600)   – Decommissioning and other provisions    
    570      (856)   509    – Other1    
    (2,900)     (2,910)   (2,616)   Tax paid    
    9,281      13,162    13,330    Cash flow from operating activities    
    (3,748)     (6,486)   (3,980)      Capital expenditure    
    (413)     (421)   (500)      Investments in joint ventures and associates    
    (15)     (17)   (13)      Investments in equity securities    
    (4,175)     (6,924)   (4,493)   Cash capital expenditure    
    559      493    323    Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and businesses    
    33      305    133    Proceeds from joint ventures and associates from sale, capital reduction and repayment of long-term loans    
    5      6    569    Proceeds from sale of equity securities    
    508      581    577    Interest received    
    506      1,762    857    Other investing cash inflows    
    (1,394)     (655)   (1,494)   Other investing cash outflows1    
    (3,959)     (4,431)   (3,528)   Cash flow from investing activities    
    80      65    (107)   Net increase/(decrease) in debt with maturity period within three months    
            Other debt:    
    139      (13)   167    – New borrowings    
    (2,514)     (2,664)   (1,532)   – Repayments    
    (846)     (1,379)   (911)   Interest paid    
    326      (833)   (297)   Derivative financial instruments    
    (25)     (10)   (4)   Change in non-controlling interest    
            Cash dividends paid to:    
    (2,179)     (2,114)   (2,210)   – Shell plc shareholders    
    (86)     (53)   (68)   – Non-controlling interest    
    (3,311)     (3,579)   (2,824)   Repurchases of shares    
    (768)     (309)   (462)   Shares held in trust: net sales/(purchases) and dividends received    
    (9,183)     (10,889)   (8,248)   Cash flow from financing activities    
    353      (985)   (379)   Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents    
    (3,509)     (3,142)   1,175    Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents    
    39,110      42,252    38,774    Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period    
    35,601      39,110    39,949    Cash and cash equivalents at end of period    

    1.See Note 7 “Other notes to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements”.

             Page 13

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

    NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    1. Basis of preparation

    These unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements of Shell plc (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Shell”) have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and adopted by the UK, and on the basis of the same accounting principles as those used in the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts (pages 240 to 312) for the year ended December 31, 2024, as filed with the Registrar of Companies for England and Wales and as filed with the Autoriteit Financiële Markten (the Netherlands) and Form 20-F (pages 223 to 296) for the year ended December 31, 2024, as filed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission, and should be read in conjunction with these filings.

    The financial information presented in the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements does not constitute statutory accounts within the meaning of section 434(3) of the Companies Act 2006 (“the Act”). Statutory accounts for the year ended December 31, 2024, were published in Shell’s Annual Report and Accounts, a copy of which was delivered to the Registrar of Companies for England and Wales. The auditor’s report on those accounts was unqualified, did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditor drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying the report and did not contain a statement under sections 498(2) or 498(3) of the Act.

    Key accounting considerations, significant judgements and estimates

    Future commodity price assumptions and management’s view on the future development of refining and chemicals margins represent a significant estimate and were subject to change in 2024. These assumptions continue to apply for impairment testing purposes in the first quarter 2025. As per the normal process outlined in the 2024 Annual Report and Accounts and Form 20-F, these assumptions are subject to review later this year.

    The discount rates applied for impairment testing and the discount rate applied to provisions are reviewed on a regular basis. Both discount rates applied in the first quarter 2025 remain unchanged compared with 2024.

    2. Segment information

    With effect from January 1, 2025, segment earnings are presented on an Adjusted Earnings basis (Adjusted Earnings), which is the earnings measure used by the Chief Executive Officer, who serves as the Chief Operating Decision Maker, for the purposes of making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance. This aligns with Shell’s focus on performance, discipline and simplification.

    The Adjusted Earnings measure is presented on a current cost of supplies (CCS) basis and aims to facilitate a comparative understanding of Shell’s financial performance from period to period by removing the effects of oil price changes on inventory carrying amounts and removing the effects of identified items. Identified items are in some cases driven by external factors and may, either individually or collectively, hinder the comparative understanding of Shell’s financial results from period to period.

    The segment earnings measure used until December 31, 2024 was CCS earnings. The difference between CCS earnings and Adjusted Earnings are the identified items. Comparative periods are presented below on an Adjusted Earnings basis.

             Page 14

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

                               
     
    REVENUE AND ADJUSTED EARNINGS BY SEGMENT    
    Quarters $ million  
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
          Third-party revenue    
    9,602    9,294    9,195    Integrated Gas    
    1,510    1,652    1,759    Upstream    
    27,083    27,524    30,041    Marketing    
    21,610    19,992    23,735    Chemicals and Products    
    9,417    7,808    7,737    Renewables and Energy Solutions    
    12    10    11    Corporate    
    69,234    66,281    72,478    Total third-party revenue1    
          Inter-segment revenue    
    2,675    2,024    2,404    Integrated Gas    
    9,854    9,931    10,287    Upstream    
    1,849    984    1,355    Marketing    
    8,255    8,656    10,312    Chemicals and Products    
    1,164    1,879    1,005    Renewables and Energy Solutions    
    —    —    —    Corporate    
          Adjusted Earnings    
    2,483    2,165    3,680    Integrated Gas    
    2,337    1,682    1,933    Upstream    
    900    839    781    Marketing    
    449    (229)   1,615    Chemicals and Products    
    (42)   (311)   163    Renewables and Energy Solutions    
    (457)   (380)   (368)   Corporate    
    5,670    3,766    7,804    Total Adjusted Earnings2    
    5,577    3,661    7,734    Adjusted Earnings attributable to Shell plc shareholders    
    94    106    70    Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interest    

    1.Includes revenue from sources other than from contracts with customers, which mainly comprises the impact of fair value accounting of commodity derivatives.

    2.See Reconciliation of income for the period to Adjusted Earnings below.

             Page 15

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

    Cash capital expenditure is a measure used by the Chief Executive Officer for the purposes of making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance.

                               
     
    CASH CAPITAL EXPENDITURE BY SEGMENT
    Quarters $ million  
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
          Capital expenditure    
    943    1,123    858    Integrated Gas    
    1,727    2,205    1,766    Upstream    
    252    798    427    Marketing    
    451    1,121    474    Chemicals and Products    
    358    1,214    421    Renewables and Energy Solutions    
    17    25    34    Corporate    
    3,748    6,486    3,980    Total capital expenditure    
          Add: Investments in joint ventures and associates    
    174    214    184    Integrated Gas    
    197    (117)   244    Upstream    
    4    13    38    Marketing    
    7    271    26    Chemicals and Products    
    30    36    8    Renewables and Energy Solutions    
    1    4    —    Corporate    
    413    421    500    Total investments in joint ventures and associates    
          Add: Investments in equity securities    
    —    —    —    Integrated Gas    
    —    (11)   —    Upstream    
    —    —    —    Marketing    
    —    —    —    Chemicals and Products    
    14    28    10    Renewables and Energy Solutions    
    —    —    3    Corporate    
    15    17    13    Total investments in equity securities    
          Cash capital expenditure    
    1,116    1,337    1,041    Integrated Gas    
    1,923    2,076    2,010    Upstream    
    256    811    465    Marketing    
    458    1,392    500    Chemicals and Products    
    403    1,277    438    Renewables and Energy Solutions    
    19    30    37    Corporate    
    4,175    6,924    4,493    Total Cash capital expenditure    

             Page 16

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

                               
                 
    RECONCILIATION OF INCOME FOR THE PERIOD TO ADJUSTED EARNINGS    
    Quarters $ million        
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
    4,780    928    7,358    Income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders    
    95    113    82    Income/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interest    
    4,875    1,041    7,439    Income/(loss) for the period    
    (15)   (75)   (360)   Add: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation    
    (2)   23    84    Add: Tax on current cost of supplies adjustment    
    (510) (3,008) (1,244) Less: Identified items adjustment before taxation    
    301 (230) (604) Add: Tax on identified items adjustment    
    5,670    3,766    7,804    Adjusted Earnings    
    5,577    3,661    7,734    Adjusted Earnings attributable to Shell plc shareholders    
    94    106    70    Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interest    

    Identified items

    The objective of identified items is to remove material impacts on net income/loss arising from transactions which are generally uncontrollable and unusual (infrequent or non-recurring) in nature or giving rise to a mismatch between accounting and economic results, or certain transactions that are generally excluded from underlying results in the industry.

    Identified items comprise: divestment gains and losses, impairments and impairment reversals, redundancy and restructuring, fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts that gives rise to a mismatch between accounting and economic results, the impact of exchange rate movements and inflationary adjustments on certain deferred tax balances, and other items.

                                                   
     
    Q1 2025 $ million
      Total Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate
    Identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation              
    Divestment gains/(losses) (106) (1) 154 (57) (15) (187) —
    Impairment reversals/(impairments) (341) — (21) 10 (293) (38) —
    Redundancy and restructuring (44) (1) (15) (9) (13) (9) 4
    Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts1 194 420 (1) 12 (258) 20 —
    Other2 (212) (70) 4 — (101) (46) —
    Total identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation (510) 348 121 (44) (679) (260) 4
    Less: Total identified items included in Taxation charge/(credit) 301 43 378 4 (99) (54) 29
    Identified items included in Income/(loss) for the period              
    Divestment gains/(losses) (208) — 8 (61) (12) (143) —
    Impairment reversals/(impairments) (317) — (15) 6 (277) (31) —
    Redundancy and restructuring (24) (1) (5) (1) (12) (7) 2
    Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts1 187 362 — 7 (202) 20 —
    Impact of exchange rate movements and inflationary adjustments on tax balances3 108 4 132 — — — (28)
    Other2 (558) (59) (377) — (77) (45) —
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings (811) 306 (257) (49) (581) (205) (26)
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interest — — — — — — —
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings attributable to Shell plc shareholders (811) 306 (257) (49) (581) (205) (26)

    1.Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts: In the ordinary course of business, Shell enters into contracts to supply or purchase oil and gas products, as well as power and environmental products. Shell also enters into contracts for tolling, pipeline and storage capacity. Derivative contracts are entered into for mitigation of resulting economic exposures (generally price exposure) and these derivative contracts are carried at period-end

             Page 17

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

    market price (fair value), with movements in fair value recognised in income for the period. Supply and purchase contracts entered into for operational purposes, as well as contracts for tolling, pipeline and storage capacity, are, by contrast, recognised when the transaction occurs; furthermore, inventory is carried at historical cost or net realisable value, whichever is lower. As a consequence, accounting mismatches occur because: (a) the supply or purchase transaction is recognised in a different period; or (b) the inventory is measured on a different basis. In addition, certain contracts are, due to pricing or delivery conditions, deemed to contain embedded derivatives or written options and are also required to be carried at fair value even though they are entered into for operational purposes. The accounting impacts are reported as identified items.

    2.Other identified items represent other credits or charges that based on Shell management’s assessment hinder the comparative understanding of Shell’s financial results from period to period.

    3.Impact of exchange rate movements and inflationary adjustments on tax balances represents the impact on tax balances of exchange rate movements and inflationary adjustments arising on: (a) the conversion to dollars of the local currency tax base of non-monetary assets and liabilities, as well as recognised tax losses (this primarily impacts the Integrated Gas and Upstream segments); and (b) the conversion of dollar-denominated inter-segment loans to local currency, leading to taxable exchange rate gains or losses (this primarily impacts the Corporate segment).

                                                   
     
    Q4 2024 $ million
      Total Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate
    Identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation              
    Divestment gains/(losses) (288) (99) (66) (216) 42 51 —
    Impairment reversals/(impairments) (2,554) (523) (183) (493) (288) (1,065) (1)
    Redundancy and restructuring (175) (27) (62) (70) (5) (11) (1)
    Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts1 209 136 (14) 58 (38) 67 —
    Other1 (200) — (165) (33) (2) — —
    Total identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation (3,008) (514) (491) (753) (291) (958) (2)
    Less: Total identified items included in Taxation charge/(credit) (230) (92) 160 (17) (191) (43) (47)
    Identified items included in Income/(loss) for the period              
    Divestment gains/(losses) (321) (96) (51) (247) 33 40 —
    Impairment reversals/(impairments) (2,170) (339) (152) (458) (224) (996) (1)
    Redundancy and restructuring (115) (16) (34) (52) (3) (8) (1)
    Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts1 184 109 (4) 46 (17) 50 —
    Impact of exchange rate movements and inflationary adjustments on tax balances1 (210) (57) (199) — — — 46
    Other1 (147) (22) (212) (25) 113 — —
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings (2,778) (421) (651) (736) (99) (914) 45
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interest — — — — — — —
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings attributable to Shell plc shareholders (2,778) (421) (651) (736) (99) (914) 45

    1.For a detailed description, see the corresponding footnotes to the Q1 2025 identified items table above.

             Page 18

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                   
     
    Q1 2024 $ million
      Total Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate
    Identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation              
    Divestment gains/(losses) 10 (3) 27 (15) (9) 10 —
    Impairment reversals/(impairments) (227) (8) (96) (4) (178) 59 —
    Redundancy and restructuring (74) (1) (13) (20) (18) (15) (6)
    Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts1 (1,079) (1,068) (2) 6 (416) 400 —
    Other1 126 4 38 23 45 16 —
    Total identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation (1,244) (1,075) (46) (11) (575) 469 (6)
    Less: Total identified items included in Taxation charge/(credit) (604) (157) (385) (4) (118) 80 (20)
    Identified items included in Income/(loss) for the period              
    Divestment gains/(losses) (4) (2) 10 (11) (7) 6 —
    Impairment reversals/(impairments) (186) (5) (102) (3) (152) 77 —
    Redundancy and restructuring (53) (1) (9) (15) (14) (11) (4)
    Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts1 (896) (887) — 5 (319) 306 —
    Impact of exchange rate movements and inflationary adjustments on tax balances1 403 (27) 412 — — — 18
    Other1 95 3 28 17 34 12 —
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings (641) (919) 339 (7) (458) 390 14
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interest — — — — — — —
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings attributable to Shell plc shareholders (641) (919) 339 (7) (458) 390 14

    1.For a detailed description, see the corresponding footnotes to the Q1 2025 identified items table above.

    The identified items categories above may include after-tax impacts of identified items of joint ventures and associates which are fully reported within “Share of profit/(loss) of joint ventures and associates” in the Consolidated Statement of Income, and fully reported as identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation in the table above. Identified items related to subsidiaries are consolidated and reported across appropriate lines of the Consolidated Statement of Income.

    3. Earnings per share

                               
     
    EARNINGS PER SHARE
    Quarters    
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
    4,780    928    7,358    Income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders ($ million)    
               
          Weighted average number of shares used as the basis for determining:    
    6,033.5    6,148.4    6,440.1    Basic earnings per share (million)    
    6,087.8    6,213.9    6,504.3    Diluted earnings per share (million)    

             Page 19

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

    4. Share capital

                             
     
    ISSUED AND FULLY PAID ORDINARY SHARES OF €0.07 EACH
      Number of shares   Nominal value
    ($ million)
    At January 1, 2025 6,115,031,158      510     
    Repurchases of shares (98,948,766)     (8)    
    At March 31, 2025 6,016,082,392      502     
    At January 1, 2024 6,524,109,049      544     
    Repurchases of shares (88,893,999)     (7)    
    At March 31, 2024 6,435,215,050      537     

    At Shell plc’s Annual General Meeting on May 21, 2024, the Board was authorised to allot ordinary shares in Shell plc, and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert, any security into ordinary shares in Shell plc, up to an aggregate nominal amount of approximately €150 million (representing approximately 2,147 million ordinary shares of €0.07 each), and to list such shares or rights on any stock exchange. This authority expires at the earlier of the close of business on August 20, 2025, or the end of the Annual General Meeting to be held in 2025, unless previously renewed, revoked or varied by Shell plc in a general meeting.

    5. Other reserves

                                             
     
    OTHER RESERVES
    $ million Merger reserve Share premium reserve Capital redemption reserve Share plan reserve Accumulated other comprehensive income Total
    At January 1, 2025 37,298    154    270    1,417    (19,373)   19,766   
    Other comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders —    —    —    —    1,967    1,967   
    Transfer from other comprehensive income —    —    —    —    11    11   
    Repurchases of shares —    —    8    —    —    8   
    Share-based compensation —    —    —    (663)   —    (663)  
    At March 31, 2025 37,298    154    279    754    (17,394)   21,090   
    At January 1, 2024 37,298    154    236    1,308    (17,851)   21,145   
    Other comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders —    —    —    —    (1,420)   (1,420)  
    Transfer from other comprehensive income —    —    —    —    138    138   
    Repurchases of shares —    —    7    —    —    7   
    Share-based compensation —    —    —    (426)   —    (426)  
    At March 31, 2024 37,298    154    244    882    (19,132)   19,445   

    The merger reserve and share premium reserve were established as a consequence of Shell plc (formerly Royal Dutch Shell plc) becoming the single parent company of Royal Dutch Petroleum Company and The “Shell” Transport and Trading Company, p.l.c., now The Shell Transport and Trading Company Limited, in 2005. The merger reserve increased in 2016 following the issuance of shares for the acquisition of BG Group plc. The capital redemption reserve was established in connection with repurchases of shares of Shell plc. The share plan reserve is in respect of equity-settled share-based compensation plans.

    6. Derivative financial instruments and debt excluding lease liabilities

    As disclosed in the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2024, presented in the Annual Report and Accounts and Form 20-F for that year, Shell is exposed to the risks of changes in fair value of its financial assets and liabilities. The fair values of the financial assets and liabilities are defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair values at March 31, 2025, are consistent with those used in the year ended December 31, 2024, though the carrying amounts of derivative financial instruments have changed since that date.

             Page 20

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

    The movement of the derivative financial instruments between December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025 is a decrease of $732 million for the current assets and a decrease of $1,020 million for the current liabilities.

    The table below provides the comparison of the fair value with the carrying amount of debt excluding lease liabilities, disclosed in accordance with IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures.

                     
     
    DEBT EXCLUDING LEASE LIABILITIES
    $ million March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
    Carrying amount1 48,023    48,376   
    Fair value2 44,240    44,119   

    1.    Shell issued no debt under the US shelf or under the Euro medium-term note programmes during the first quarter 2025.

    2.     Mainly determined from the prices quoted for these securities.

    7. Other notes to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

    Consolidated Statement of Income

    Interest and other income

                               
     
    Quarters $ million  
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
    302    683    907    Interest and other income/(expenses)    
          Of which:    
    481    548    588    Interest income    
    1    25    23    Dividend income (from investments in equity securities)    
    (127)   (288)   10    Net gains/(losses) on sales and revaluation of non-current assets and businesses    
    (137)   267    66    Net foreign exchange gains/(losses) on financing activities    
    85    131    219    Other    

    Depreciation, depletion and amortisation

                               
     
    Quarters $ million  
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
    5,441    7,520    5,881    Depreciation, depletion and amortisation    
          Of which:    
    5,130 5,829 5,654 Depreciation    
    311 1,797 382 Impairments    
    (1) (106) (154) Impairment reversals    

    Impairments recognised in the first quarter 2025 of $311 million pre-tax ($287 million post-tax) principally relate to Chemicals and Products.

    Impairments recognised in the fourth quarter 2024 of $2,659 million pre-tax ($2,245 million post-tax), of which $1,797 million recognised in depreciation, depletion and amortisation and $863 million recognised in share of profit of joint ventures and associates, mainly relate to Renewables and Energy Solutions ($1,068 million pre-tax; $1,000 million post-tax), Integrated Gas ($532 million pre-tax; $345 million post-tax), Marketing ($495 million pre-tax; $459 million post-tax), Chemicals and Products ($315 million pre-tax; $247 million post-tax) and Upstream ($248 million pre-tax; $194 million post-tax).

    Impairments recognised in the first quarter 2024 of $382 million pre-tax ($332 million post-tax) include smaller

    impairments in various segments.

             Page 21

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

    Taxation charge/credit

                               
     
    Quarters $ million  
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
    4,083    3,164    3,604    Taxation charge/(credit)    
          Of which:    
    4,024 3,125 3,525 Income tax excluding Pillar Two income tax    
    59 39 79 Income tax related to Pillar Two income tax    

    As required by IAS 12 Income Taxes, Shell has applied the exception to recognising and disclosing information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes.

    Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

    Currency translation differences

                               
     
    Quarters $ million  
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
    1,711    (4,899)   (1,995)   Currency translation differences    
          Of which:    
    1,618 (5,028) (1,983) Recognised in Other comprehensive income    
    92 129 (12) (Gain)/loss reclassified to profit or loss    

    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

    Other intangible assets

                       
       
    $ million      
      March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024  
    Other intangible assets 11,365    9,480     
           

    The increase in other intangible assets as at March 31, 2025 compared with December 31, 2024 is mainly related to initial recognition at fair value of favourable LNG, gas offtake and sales contracts. These were recognised following completion of the acquisition of Pavilion Energy Pte. Ltd. during the first quarter 2025. The fair value of unfavourable LNG, gas offtake and sales contracts acquired was recognised under trade and other payables.

    Assets classified as held for sale

                       
       
    $ million      
      March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024  
    Assets classified as held for sale 10,881    9,857     
    Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale 8,001    6,203     

    Assets classified as held for sale and associated liabilities at March 31, 2025 principally relate to Shell’s UK offshore oil and gas assets in Upstream, mining interests in Canada and an energy and chemicals park in Singapore, both in Chemicals and Products. Upon completion of the sale, Shell’s UK offshore assets will be derecognised in exchange for a 50% interest in a newly formed joint venture.

    The major classes of assets and liabilities classified as held for sale at March 31, 2025, are Property, plant and equipment ($8,866 million; December 31, 2024: $8,283 million), Inventories ($1,003 million; December 31, 2024: $1,180 million), Decommissioning and other provisions ($3,228 million; December 31, 2024: $3,053 million), deferred tax liabilities ($2,823 million; December 31, 2024: $2,042 million), Trade and other payables ($1,000 million; December 31, 2024: $484 million) and Debt ($839 million; December 31, 2024: $624 million).

             Page 22

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

    Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

    Cash flow from operating activities – Other

                               
     
    Quarters $ million  
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
    570    (856)   509    Other    

    ‘Cash flow from operating activities – Other’ for the first quarter 2025 includes $652 million of net inflows (fourth quarter 2024: $1,447 million net outflows; first quarter 2024: $188 million net inflows) due to the timing of payments relating to emission certificates and biofuel programmes in Europe and North America and $255 million in relation to reversal of currency exchange gains on Cash and cash equivalents (fourth quarter 2024: $672 million losses; first quarter 2024: $253 million losses).

    Cash flow from investing activities – Other investing cash outflows

                               
     
    Quarters $ million  
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
    (1,394)   (655)   (1,494)   Other investing cash outflows    

    ‘Cash flow from investing activities – Other investing cash outflows’ for the first quarter 2025 includes $818 million secured term loans provided to The Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited (SPDC) upon completion of the sale of SPDC. The first quarter 2024 includes $645 million of debt securities acquired in the Corporate segment.

    8. Reconciliation of Operating expenses and Total Debt

                               
     
    RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING EXPENSES    
    Quarters $ million  
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
    5,549    5,839    5,810    Production and manufacturing expenses    
    2,840    3,231    2,975    Selling, distribution and administrative expenses    
    185    331    212    Research and development    
    8,575    9,401    8,997    Operating expenses    
                               
                 
    RECONCILIATION OF TOTAL DEBT    
    March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2024 $ million    
    11,391    11,630    11,046    Current debt    
    65,120    65,448    68,886    Non-current debt    
    76,511    77,078    79,931    Total debt    

             Page 23

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

    ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE (NON-GAAP) MEASURES

    A.Adjusted Earnings, Adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation (“Adjusted EBITDA”) and Cash flow from operating activities

    The “Adjusted Earnings” measure aims to facilitate a comparative understanding of Shell’s financial performance from period to period by removing the effects of oil price changes on inventory carrying amounts and removing the effects of identified items. These items are in some cases driven by external factors and may, either individually or collectively, hinder the comparative understanding of Shell’s financial results from period to period. This measure excludes earnings attributable to non-controlling interest when presenting the total Shell Group result but includes these items when presenting individual segment Adjusted Earnings as set out in the table below.

    We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as “Income/(loss) for the period” adjusted for current cost of supplies; identified items; tax charge/(credit); depreciation, amortisation and depletion; exploration well write-offs and net interest expense. All items include the non-controlling interest component. Management uses this measure to evaluate Shell’s performance in the period and over time.

                                                   
     
    Q1 2025 $ million
      Total Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate
    Income/(loss) for the period 4,875 2,789 2,080 814 (77) (247) (483)
    Add: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation (15)     52 (67)    
    Add: Tax on current cost of supplies adjustment (2)     (14) 12    
    Less: Identified items (811) 306 (257) (49) (581) (205) (26)
    Less: Income/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interest 95            
    Less: Current cost of supplies adjustment attributable to non-controlling interest (1)            
    Add: Identified items attributable to non-controlling interest —            
    Adjusted Earnings 5,577            
    Add: Non-controlling interest 94            
    Adjusted Earnings plus non-controlling interest 5,670 2,483 2,337 900 449 (42) (457)
    Add: Taxation charge/(credit) excluding tax impact of identified items 3,784 803 2,619 391 99 63 (191)
    Add: Depreciation, depletion and amortisation excluding impairments 5,130 1,404 2,213 566 852 90 6
    Add: Exploration well write-offs 28 — 29        
    Add: Interest expense excluding identified items 1,119 51 200 12 14 2 841
    Less: Interest income 481 4 11 — 4 2 461
    Adjusted EBITDA 15,250 4,735 7,387 1,869 1,410 111 (261)
    Less: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation (15)     52 (67)    
    Joint ventures and associates (dividends received less profit) (178) (286) (159) 203 54 10 —
    Derivative financial instruments (38) 542 14 10 (508) (169) 73
    Taxation paid (2,900) (773) (1,999) (174) 63 52 (68)
    Other (206) (68) (386) 396 125 (17) (257)
    (Increase)/decrease in working capital (2,663) (687) (913) (344) (1,081) 380 (19)
    Cash flow from operating activities 9,281 3,463 3,945 1,907 130 367 (531)

             Page 24

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                   
     
    Q4 2024 $ million
      Total Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate
    Income/(loss) for the period 1,041 1,744 1,031 103 (276) (1,226) (335)
    Add: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation (75)     (2) (73)    
    Add: Tax on current cost of supplies adjustment 23     2 21    
    Less: Identified items (2,778) (421) (651) (736) (99) (914) 45
    Less: Income/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interest 113            
    Less: Current cost of supplies adjustment attributable to non-controlling interest (7)            
    Add: Identified items attributable to non-controlling interest —            
    Adjusted Earnings 3,661            
    Add: Non-controlling interest 106            
    Adjusted Earnings plus non-controlling interest 3,766 2,165 1,682 839 (229) (311) (380)
    Add: Taxation charge/(credit) excluding tax impact of identified items 3,371 635 2,618 266 (198) 97 (46)
    Add: Depreciation, depletion and amortisation excluding impairments 5,829 1,440 2,803 587 896 96 8
    Add: Exploration well write-offs 649 277 372 — — — —
    Add: Interest expense excluding identified items 1,213 54 201 17 16 2 923
    Less: Interest income 548 3 — — 10 7 529
    Adjusted EBITDA 14,281 4,568 7,676 1,709 475 (123) (24)
    Less: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation (75)     (2) (73)    
    Joint ventures and associates (dividends received less profit) 451 110 (22) 172 139 51 —
    Derivative financial instruments 319 120 (28) (8) 230 533 (527)
    Taxation paid (2,910) (635) (2,019) (130) 36 (41) (120)
    Other (1,461) 114 (486) (1,227) (313) 77 375
    (Increase)/decrease in working capital 2,407 114 (611) 845 1,394 353 312
    Cash flow from operating activities 13,162 4,391 4,509 1,363 2,032 850 16
                                                   
     
    Q1 2024 $ million
      Total Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate
    Income/(loss) for the period 7,439 2,761 2,272 896 1,311 553 (354)
    Add: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation (360)     (153) (207)    
    Add: Tax on current cost of supplies adjustment 84     30 54    
    Less: Identified items (641) (919) 339 (7) (458) 390 14
    Less: Income/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interest 82            
    Less: Current cost of supplies adjustment attributable to non-controlling interest (12)            
    Add: Identified items attributable to non-controlling interest —            
    Adjusted Earnings 7,734            
    Add: Non-controlling interest 70            
    Adjusted Earnings plus non-controlling interest 7,804 3,680 1,933 781 1,615 163 (368)
    Add: Taxation charge/(credit) excluding tax impact of identified items 4,124 996 2,522 358 338 — (91)
    Add: Depreciation, depletion and amortisation excluding impairments 5,654 1,410 2,727 535 870 106 6
    Add: Exploration well write-offs 554 8 546 — — — —
    Add: Interest expense excluding identified items 1,163 42 169 12 17 1 922
    Less: Interest income 588 — 10 — 14 4 560
    Adjusted EBITDA 18,711 6,136 7,888 1,686 2,826 267 (92)
    Less: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation (360)     (153) (207)    
    Joint ventures and associates (dividends received less profit) (582) (197) (546) 93 56 13 —
    Derivative financial instruments 306 (1,080) (3) (39) (402) 1,978 (149)
    Taxation paid (2,616) (467) (1,802) (175) (19) (244) 91
    Other (97) 45 (231) 393 (378) (30) 104
    (Increase)/decrease in working capital (2,752) 275 421 (792) (2,639) 481 (499)
    Cash flow from operating activities 13,330 4,712 5,727 1,319 (349) 2,466 (545)

    Identified items

    The objective of identified items is to remove material impacts on net income/loss arising from transactions which are generally uncontrollable and unusual (infrequent or non-recurring) in nature or giving rise to a mismatch between accounting and economic results, or certain transactions that are generally excluded from underlying results in the industry.

             Page 25

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

    Identified items comprise: divestment gains and losses, impairments and impairment reversals, redundancy and restructuring, fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts that gives rise to a mismatch between accounting and economic results, the impact of exchange rate movements and inflationary adjustments on certain deferred tax balances, and other items.

    See Note 2 “Segment information” for details.

    B.    Adjusted Earnings per share

    Adjusted Earnings per share is calculated as Adjusted Earnings (see Reference A), divided by the weighted average number of shares used as the basis for basic earnings per share (see Note 3).

    C.    Cash capital expenditure

    Cash capital expenditure represents cash spent on maintaining and developing assets as well as on investments in the period. Management regularly monitors this measure as a key lever to delivering sustainable cash flows. Cash capital expenditure is the sum of the following lines from the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows: Capital expenditure, Investments in joint ventures and associates and Investments in equity securities.

    See Note 2 “Segment information” for the reconciliation of cash capital expenditure.

    D.    Capital employed and Return on average capital employed

    Return on average capital employed (“ROACE”) measures the efficiency of Shell’s utilisation of the capital that it employs.

    The measure refers to Capital employed which consists of total equity, current debt, and non-current debt reduced by cash and cash equivalents.

    In this calculation, the sum of Adjusted Earnings (see Reference A) plus non-controlling interest (NCI) excluding identified items for the current and previous three quarters, adjusted for after-tax interest expense and after-tax interest income, is expressed as a percentage of the average capital employed excluding cash and cash equivalents for the same period.

                           
     
    $ million Quarters
      Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024
    Current debt 11,046 9,931 9,044
    Non-current debt 68,886 71,610 76,098
    Total equity 188,304 188,362 195,530
    Less: Cash and cash equivalents (39,949) (38,774) (42,074)
    Capital employed – opening 228,286 231,128 238,598
    Current debt 11,391 11,630 11,046
    Non-current debt 65,120 65,448 68,886
    Total equity 180,670 180,168 188,304
    Less: Cash and cash equivalents (35,601) (39,110) (39,949)
    Capital employed – closing 221,580 218,134 228,286
    Capital employed – average 224,933 224,630 233,442

             Page 26

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

                           
     
    $ million Quarters
      Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024
    Adjusted Earnings – current and previous three quarters (Reference A) 21,558 23,716 26,338
    Add: Income/(loss) attributable to NCI – current and previous three quarters 441 427 295
    Add: Current cost of supplies adjustment attributable to NCI – current and previous three quarters 25 14 (24)
    Less: Identified items attributable to NCI (Reference A) – current and previous three quarters 18 18 (11)
    Adjusted Earnings plus NCI excluding identified items – current and previous three quarters 22,005 24,139 26,620
    Add: Interest expense after tax – current and previous three quarters 2,639 2,701 2,718
    Less: Interest income after tax on cash and cash equivalents – current and previous three quarters 1,329 1,389 1,368
    Adjusted Earnings plus NCI excluding identified items before interest expense and interest income – current and previous three quarters 23,315 25,452 27,971
    Capital employed – average 224,933 224,630 233,442
    ROACE on an Adjusted Earnings plus NCI basis 10.4% 11.3% 12.0%

    E.    Net debt and gearing

    Net debt is defined as the sum of current and non-current debt, less cash and cash equivalents, adjusted for the fair value of derivative financial instruments used to hedge foreign exchange and interest rate risk relating to debt, and associated collateral balances. Management considers this adjustment useful because it reduces the volatility of net debt caused by fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates, and eliminates the potential impact of related collateral payments or receipts. Debt-related derivative financial instruments are a subset of the derivative financial instrument assets and liabilities presented on the balance sheet. Collateral balances are reported under “Trade and other receivables” or “Trade and other payables” as appropriate.

    Gearing is a measure of Shell’s capital structure and is defined as net debt (total debt less cash and cash equivalents) as a percentage of total capital (net debt plus total equity).

                           
     
    $ million  
      March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2024
    Current debt 11,391    11,630    11,046   
    Non-current debt 65,120    65,448    68,886   
    Total debt 76,511    77,078    79,931   
    Of which: Lease liabilities 28,488    28,702    26,885   
    Add: Debt-related derivative financial instruments: net liability/(asset) 1,905    2,469    1,888   
    Add: Collateral on debt-related derivatives: net liability/(asset) (1,295)   (1,628)   (1,357)  
    Less: Cash and cash equivalents (35,601)   (39,110)   (39,949)  
    Net debt 41,521    38,809    40,513   
    Total equity 180,670    180,168    188,304   
    Total capital 222,190    218,974    228,817   
    Gearing 18.7  % 17.7  % 17.7  %

    F.    Operating expenses and Underlying operating expenses

    Operating expenses

    Operating expenses is a measure of Shell’s cost management performance, comprising the following items from the Consolidated Statement of Income: production and manufacturing expenses; selling, distribution and administrative expenses; and research and development expenses.

             Page 27

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                   
     
    Q1 2025 $ million
      Total Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate
    Production and manufacturing expenses 5,549 947 2,139 349 1,621 486 8
    Selling, distribution and administrative expenses 2,840 38 42 2,053 442 153 111
    Research and development 185 22 32 42 25 21 43
    Operating expenses 8,575 1,006 2,213 2,444 2,088 661 162
                                                   
     
    Q4 2024 $ million
      Total Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate
    Production and manufacturing expenses 5,839 982 2,470 270 1,632 480 5
    Selling, distribution and administrative expenses 3,231 39 96 2,258 471 241 126
    Research and development 331 40 69 73 46 37 66
    Operating expenses 9,401 1,061 2,635 2,602 2,149 757 196
                                                   
     
    Q1 2024 $ million
      Total Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate
    Production and manufacturing expenses 5,810 956 2,269 366 1,634 579 5
    Selling, distribution and administrative expenses 2,975 62 58 2,188 420 158 89
    Research and development 212 26 58 34 34 12 49
    Operating expenses 8,997 1,044 2,385 2,587 2,088 749 144

    Underlying operating expenses

    Underlying operating expenses is a measure aimed at facilitating a comparative understanding of performance from period to period by removing the effects of identified items, which, either individually or collectively, can cause volatility, in some cases driven by external factors.

                               
         
    Quarters $ million  
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
    8,575    9,401    8,997    Operating expenses    
    (44)   (174)   (73)   Redundancy and restructuring (charges)/reversal    
    (101)   (88)   —    (Provisions)/reversal    
    23    —    130    Other    
    (121)   (262)   57    Total identified items    
    8,453    9,138    9,054    Underlying operating expenses    

    G.    Free cash flow and Organic free cash flow

    Free cash flow is used to evaluate cash available for financing activities, including dividend payments and debt servicing, after investment in maintaining and growing the business. It is defined as the sum of “Cash flow from operating activities” and “Cash flow from investing activities”.

    Cash flows from acquisition and divestment activities are removed from Free cash flow to arrive at the Organic free cash flow, a measure used by management to evaluate the generation of free cash flow without these activities.

             Page 28

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

                               
     
    Quarters $ million  
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
    9,281    13,162    13,330    Cash flow from operating activities    
    (3,959)   (4,431)   (3,528)   Cash flow from investing activities    
    5,322    8,731    9,802    Free cash flow    
    597    805    1,025    Less: Divestment proceeds (Reference I)    
    45    1    —    Add: Tax paid on divestments (reported under “Other investing cash outflows”)    
    130    525    62    Add: Cash outflows related to inorganic capital expenditure1    
    4,899    8,453    8,839    Organic free cash flow2    

    1.Cash outflows related to inorganic capital expenditure includes portfolio actions which expand Shell’s activities through acquisitions and restructuring activities as reported in capital expenditure lines in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

    2.Free cash flow less divestment proceeds, adding back outflows related to inorganic expenditure.

    H.    Cash flow from operating activities excluding working capital movements

    Working capital movements are defined as the sum of the following items in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows: (i) (increase)/decrease in inventories, (ii) (increase)/decrease in current receivables, and (iii) increase/(decrease) in current payables.

    Cash flow from operating activities excluding working capital movements is a measure used by Shell to analyse its operating cash generation over time excluding the timing effects of changes in inventories and operating receivables and payables from period to period.

                               
     
    Quarters $ million  
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
    9,281    13,162    13,330    Cash flow from operating activities    
    854    131    (608)   (Increase)/decrease in inventories    
    (2,610)   751    (195)   (Increase)/decrease in current receivables    
    (907)   1,524    (1,949)   Increase/(decrease) in current payables    
    (2,663)   2,407    (2,752)   (Increase)/decrease in working capital    
    11,944    10,755    16,082    Cash flow from operating activities excluding working capital movements    

    I.    Divestment proceeds

    Divestment proceeds represent cash received from divestment activities in the period. Management regularly monitors this measure as a key lever to deliver free cash flow.

                               
     
    Quarters $ million  
    Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024      
    559    493 323 Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and businesses    
    33    305 133 Proceeds from joint ventures and associates from sale, capital reduction and repayment of long-term loans    
    5    6 569 Proceeds from sale of equity securities    
    597    805 1,025 Divestment proceeds    

             Page 29

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

    CAUTIONARY STATEMENT

    All amounts shown throughout this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report are unaudited. All peak production figures in Portfolio Developments are quoted at 100% expected production. The numbers presented throughout this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report may not sum precisely to the totals provided and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures, due to rounding.

    The companies in which Shell plc directly and indirectly owns investments are separate legal entities. In this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report, “Shell”, “Shell Group” and “Group” are sometimes used for convenience to reference Shell plc and its subsidiaries in general. Likewise, the words “we”, “us” and “our” are also used to refer to Shell plc and its subsidiaries in general or to those who work for them. These terms are also used where no useful purpose is served by identifying the particular entity or entities. ‘‘Subsidiaries’’, “Shell subsidiaries” and “Shell companies” as used in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report, refer to entities over which Shell plc either directly or indirectly has control. The terms “joint venture”, “joint operations”, “joint arrangements”, and “associates” may also be used to refer to a commercial arrangement in which Shell has a direct or indirect ownership interest with one or more parties. The term “Shell interest” is used for convenience to indicate the direct and/or indirect ownership interest held by Shell in an entity or unincorporated joint arrangement, after exclusion of all third-party interest.

    Forward-Looking statements

    This Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report contains forward-looking statements (within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995) concerning the financial condition, results of operations and businesses of Shell. All statements other than statements of historical fact are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are statements of future expectations that are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in these statements. Forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements concerning the potential exposure of Shell to market risks and statements expressing management’s expectations, beliefs, estimates, forecasts, projections and assumptions. These forward-looking statements are identified by their use of terms and phrases such as “aim”; “ambition”; ‘‘anticipate’’; “aspire”, “aspiration”, ‘‘believe’’; “commit”; “commitment”; ‘‘could’’; “desire”; ‘‘estimate’’; ‘‘expect’’; ‘‘goals’’; ‘‘intend’’; ‘‘may’’; “milestones”; ‘‘objectives’’; ‘‘outlook’’; ‘‘plan’’; ‘‘probably’’; ‘‘project’’; ‘‘risks’’; “schedule”; ‘‘seek’’; ‘‘should’’; ‘‘target’’; “vision”; ‘‘will’’; “would” and similar terms and phrases. There are a number of factors that could affect the future operations of Shell and could cause those results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements included in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report, including (without limitation): (a) price fluctuations in crude oil and natural gas; (b) changes in demand for Shell’s products; (c) currency fluctuations; (d) drilling and production results; (e) reserves estimates; (f) loss of market share and industry competition; (g) environmental and physical risks, including climate change; (h) risks associated with the identification of suitable potential acquisition properties and targets, and successful negotiation and completion of such transactions; (i) the risk of doing business in developing countries and countries subject to international sanctions; (j) legislative, judicial, fiscal and regulatory developments including tariffs and regulatory measures addressing climate change; (k) economic and financial market conditions in various countries and regions; (l) political risks, including the risks of expropriation and renegotiation of the terms of contracts with governmental entities, delays or advancements in the approval of projects and delays in the reimbursement for shared costs; (m) risks associated with the impact of pandemics, regional conflicts, such as the Russia-Ukraine war and the conflict in the Middle East, and a significant cyber security, data privacy or IT incident; (n) the pace of the energy transition; and (o) changes in trading conditions. No assurance is provided that future dividend payments will match or exceed previous dividend payments. All forward-looking statements contained in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. Readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Additional risk factors that may affect future results are contained in Shell plc’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2024 (available at www.shell.com/investors/news-and-filings/sec-filings.html and www.sec.gov). These risk factors also expressly qualify all forward-looking statements contained in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report and should be considered by the reader. Each forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date of this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report, May 2, 2025. Neither Shell plc nor any of its subsidiaries undertake any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or other information. In light of these risks, results could differ materially from those stated, implied or inferred from the forward-looking statements contained in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report.

    Shell’s net carbon intensity

    Also, in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report we may refer to Shell’s “net carbon intensity” (NCI), which includes Shell’s carbon emissions from the production of our energy products, our suppliers’ carbon emissions in supplying energy for that production and our customers’ carbon emissions associated with their use of the energy products we sell. Shell’s NCI also includes the emissions associated with the production and use of energy products produced by others which Shell purchases for resale. Shell only controls its own emissions. The use of the terms Shell’s “net carbon intensity” or NCI is for convenience only and not intended to suggest these emissions are those of Shell plc or its subsidiaries.

    Shell’s net-zero emissions target

    Shell’s operating plan and outlook are forecasted for a three-year period and ten-year period, respectively, and are updated every year. They reflect the current economic environment and what we can reasonably expect to see over the next three and ten years. Accordingly, the outlook reflects our Scope 1, Scope 2 and NCI targets over the next ten years. However, Shell’s operating plan and outlook cannot reflect our 2050 net-zero emissions target, as this target is outside our planning period. Such future operating plans and outlooks could include changes to our portfolio, efficiency improvements and the use of carbon capture and storage and carbon credits. In the future, as society moves towards net-zero emissions, we expect Shell’s operating plans and outlooks to reflect this movement. However, if society is not net zero in 2050, as of today, there would be significant risk that Shell may not meet this target.

    Forward-Looking non-GAAP measures

    This Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report may contain certain forward-looking non-GAAP measures such as cash capital expenditure and Adjusted Earnings. We are unable to provide a reconciliation of these forward-looking non-GAAP measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measures because certain information needed to reconcile those non-GAAP measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measures is dependent on future events some of which are outside the control of Shell, such as oil and gas prices, interest rates and exchange rates. Moreover, estimating such GAAP measures with the required precision necessary to provide a meaningful reconciliation is extremely difficult and could not be accomplished without unreasonable effort. Non-GAAP measures in respect of future periods which cannot be reconciled to the most comparable GAAP financial measure are calculated in a manner which is consistent with the accounting policies applied in Shell plc’s consolidated financial statements.

    The contents of websites referred to in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report do not form part of this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report.

    We may have used certain terms, such as resources, in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report that the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) strictly prohibits us from including in our filings with the SEC. Investors are urged to consider closely the disclosure in our Form 20-F, File No 1-32575, available on the SEC website www.sec.gov.

             Page 30

    SHELL PLC
    1st QUARTER 2025 UNAUDITED RESULTS

    This announcement contains inside information.

    May 2, 2025

         
    The information in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report reflects the unaudited consolidated financial position and results of Shell plc. Company No. 4366849, Registered Office: Shell Centre, London, SE1 7NA, England, UK.

    Contacts:

    – Sean Ashley, Company Secretary

    – Media: International +44 (0) 207 934 5550; U.S. and Canada: https://www.shell.us/about-us/news-and-insights/media/submit-an-inquiry.html

    LEI number of Shell plc: 21380068P1DRHMJ8KU70

    Classification: Inside Information

             Page 31

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Shell plc First Quarter 2025 Interim Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    London, May 2, 2025 − The Board of Shell plc (the “Company”) (XLON: SHEL, XNYS: SHEL, XAMS: SHELL) today announced an interim dividend in respect of the first quarter of 2025 of US$ 0.358 per ordinary share.

    Details relating to the first quarter 2025 interim dividend

    Per ordinary share
    (GB00BP6MXD84)    		 Q1 2025
    Shell Shares (US$) 0.358

    Shareholders will be able to elect to receive their dividends in US dollars, euros or pounds sterling.

    An alternative ‘Electronic Election Entitlement’ (‘EEE’) process is available in CREST for dividends with options elections.

    Absent any valid election to the contrary, persons holding their ordinary shares through Euroclear Nederland will receive their dividends in euros.

    Absent any valid election to the contrary, shareholders (both holding in certificated and uncertificated form (CREST members)) and persons holding their shares through the Shell Corporate Nominee will receive their dividends in pounds sterling.

    The pound sterling and euro equivalent dividend payments will be announced on June 9, 2025.

    Per ADS
    (US7802593050)    		 Q1 2025
    Shell ADSs (US$) 0.716

    Cash dividends on American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) will be paid, by default, in US dollars.

    Each ADS represents two ordinary shares. ADSs are evidenced by an American Depositary Receipt (“ADR”) certificate. In many cases the terms ADR and ADS are used interchangeably.

    Dividend timetable for the first quarter 2025 interim dividend

    Event Date
    Announcement date May 2, 2025
    Ex- Dividend Date for ADSs May 16, 2025
    Ex- Dividend Date for ordinary shares May 15, 2025
    Record date May 16, 2025
    Closing of currency election date (see Note below) June 2, 2025
    Pound sterling and euro equivalents announcement date June 9, 2025
    Payment date June 23, 2025

    Note

    A different currency election date may apply to shareholders holding shares in a securities account with a bank or financial institution ultimately holding through Euroclear Nederland. This may also apply to other shareholders who do not hold their shares either directly on the Register of Members or in the corporate sponsored nominee arrangement. Shareholders can contact their broker, financial intermediary, bank or financial institution for the election deadline that applies.

    Taxation – cash dividends

    If you are uncertain as to the tax treatment of any dividends you should consult your tax advisor.

    Dividend Reinvestment Programmes (“DRIP”)

    The following organisations offer Dividend Reinvestment Plans (“DRIPs”) which enable the Company’s shareholders to elect to have their dividend payments used to purchase the Company’s shares:

    • Equiniti Financial Services Limited (“EFSL”), for those holding shares (a) directly on the register as certificate holder or as CREST Member and (b) via the Shell Corporate Nominee;
    • ABN-AMRO NV (“ABN”) for Financial Intermediaries holding shares via Euroclear Nederland;
    • JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPM”) for holders of ADSs; and
    • Other DRIPs may also be available from the intermediary through which investors hold their shares and ADSs.

    These DRIP offerors provide their DRIPs fully on their account and not on behalf of the Company. Interested parties should contact the relevant DRIP offeror directly.

    More information can be found at https://www.shell.com/drip

    To be eligible to participate in the DRIPs for the next dividend, shareholders must make a valid dividend reinvestment election before the published date for the close of elections. 

    Enquiries
    Media: International +44 (0) 207 934 5550; U.S. and Canada: https://www.shell.us/about-us/news-and-insights/media/submit-an-inquiry.html

    Cautionary Note

    The companies in which Shell plc directly and indirectly owns investments are separate legal entities. In this announcement “Shell”, “Shell Group” and “Group” are sometimes used for convenience to reference Shell plc and its subsidiaries in general. Likewise, the words “we”, “us” and “our” are also used to refer to Shell plc and its subsidiaries in general or to those who work for them. These terms are also used where no useful purpose is served by identifying the particular entity or entities. ‘‘Subsidiaries’’, “Shell subsidiaries” and “Shell companies” as used in this announcement refer to entities over which Shell plc either directly or indirectly has control. The terms “joint venture”, “joint operations”, “joint arrangements”, and “associates” may also be used to refer to a commercial arrangement in which Shell has a direct or indirect ownership interest with one or more parties.  The term “Shell interest” is used for convenience to indicate the direct and/or indirect ownership interest held by Shell in an entity or unincorporated joint arrangement, after exclusion of all third-party interest.

    Forward-Looking statements

    This announcement contains forward-looking statements (within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995) concerning the financial condition, results of operations and businesses of Shell. All statements other than statements of historical fact are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are statements of future expectations that are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in these statements. Forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements concerning the potential exposure of Shell to market risks and statements expressing management’s expectations, beliefs, estimates, forecasts, projections and assumptions. These forward-looking statements are identified by their use of terms and phrases such as “aim”; “ambition”; ‘‘anticipate’’;  “aspire”; “aspiration”; ‘‘believe’’; “commit”; “commitment”; ‘‘could’’; “desire”; ‘‘estimate’’; ‘‘expect’’; ‘‘goals’’; ‘‘intend’’; ‘‘may’’; “milestones”; ‘‘objectives’’; ‘‘outlook’’; ‘‘plan’’; ‘‘probably’’; ‘‘project’’; ‘‘risks’’; “schedule”; ‘‘seek’’; ‘‘should’’; ‘‘target’’; “vision”; ‘‘will’’; “would” and similar terms and phrases. There are a number of factors that could affect the future operations of Shell and could cause those results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements included in this announcement, including (without limitation): (a) price fluctuations in crude oil and natural gas; (b) changes in demand for Shell’s products; (c) currency fluctuations; (d) drilling and production results; (e) reserves estimates; (f) loss of market share and industry competition; (g) environmental and physical risks, including climate change; (h) risks associated with the identification of suitable potential acquisition properties and targets, and successful negotiation and completion of such transactions; (i) the risk of doing business in developing countries and countries subject to international sanctions; (j) legislative, judicial, fiscal and regulatory developments including tariffs and regulatory measures addressing climate change; (k) economic and financial market conditions in various countries and regions; (l) political risks, including the risks of expropriation and renegotiation of the terms of contracts with governmental entities, delays or advancements in the approval of projects and delays in the reimbursement for shared costs; (m) risks associated with the impact of pandemics, regional conflicts, such as the Russia-Ukraine war and the conflict in the Middle East, and a significant cyber security, data privacy or IT incident; (n) the pace of the energy transition; and (o) changes in trading conditions. No assurance is provided that future dividend payments will match or exceed previous dividend payments. All forward-looking statements contained in this announcement are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. Readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Additional risk factors that may affect future results are contained in Shell plc’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2024 (available at www.shell.com/investors/news-and-filings/sec-filings.html and www.sec.gov). These risk factors also expressly qualify all forward-looking statements contained in this announcement and should be considered by the reader.  Each forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date of this announcement, May 2, 2025. Neither Shell plc nor any of its subsidiaries undertake any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or other information. In light of these risks, results could differ materially from those stated, implied or inferred from the forward-looking statements contained in this announcement.

    Shell’s net carbon intensity

    Also, in this announcement we may refer to Shell’s “net carbon intensity” (NCI), which includes Shell’s carbon emissions from the production of our energy products, our suppliers’ carbon emissions in supplying energy for that production and our customers’ carbon emissions associated with their use of the energy products we sell. Shell’s NCI also includes the emissions associated with the production and use of energy products produced by others which Shell purchases for resale. Shell only controls its own emissions. The use of the terms Shell’s “net carbon intensity” or NCI is for convenience only and not intended to suggest these emissions are those of Shell plc or its subsidiaries.

    Shell’s net-zero emissions target

    Shell’s operating plan and outlook are forecasted for a three-year period and ten-year period, respectively, and are updated every year. They reflect the current economic environment and what we can reasonably expect to see over the next three and ten years. Accordingly, the outlook reflects our Scope 1, Scope 2 and NCI targets over the next ten years. However, Shell’s operating plan and outlook cannot reflect our 2050 net-zero emissions target, as this target is outside our planning period. Such future operating plans and outlooks could include changes to our portfolio, efficiency improvements and the use of carbon capture and storage and carbon credits. In the future, as society moves towards net-zero emissions, we expect Shell’s operating plans and outlooks to reflect this movement. However, if society is not net zero in 2050, as of today, there would be significant risk that Shell may not meet this target.

    Forward-Looking non-GAAP measures

    This announcement may contain certain forward-looking non-GAAP measures such as adjusted earnings and divestments. We are unable to provide a reconciliation of these forward-looking non-GAAP measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measures because certain information needed to reconcile those non-GAAP measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measures is dependent on future events some of which are outside the control of Shell, such as oil and gas prices, interest rates and exchange rates. Moreover, estimating such GAAP measures with the required precision necessary to provide a meaningful reconciliation is extremely difficult and could not be accomplished without unreasonable effort. Non-GAAP measures in respect of future periods which cannot be reconciled to the most comparable GAAP financial measure are calculated in a manner which is consistent with the accounting policies applied in Shell plc’s consolidated financial statements.

    The contents of websites referred to in this announcement do not form part of this announcement.

    We may have used certain terms, such as resources, in this announcement that the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) strictly prohibits us from including in our filings with the SEC.  Investors are urged to consider closely the disclosure in our Form 20-F, File No 1-32575, available on the SEC website www.sec.gov.

    LEI number of Shell plc: 21380068P1DRHMJ8KU70
    Classification: Additional regulated information required to be disclosed under the laws of the United Kingdom

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI USA: Rep. Doggett’s Bill to End Special Tax Exemptions for Huge Executive Bonuses

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congressman Lloyd Doggett (D-TX)

    Contact: Alexis.Torres@mail.house.gov 

    Washington, DC – Today, U.S. Representative Lloyd Doggett (D-Texas) introduced the Stop Subsidizing Multimillion Dollar Corporate Bonuses Act to close a major loophole in current corporate tax law that uses taxpayer dollars to fund lavish pay packages. The bill would specifically end special tax breaks for publicly traded companies that deduct the cost of any multimillion-dollar bonus paid to executives. Senator Jack Reed (D-RI) is filing companion legislation in the Senate.

    “The 2017 Trump-GOP Tax Scam left a perverse incentive for companies: the more you pay your executives, the less you’ll pay in taxes,” said Rep. Doggett. “By closing this loophole, we can hold corporate giants accountable. While they can pay their executives whatever they choose, American taxpayers shouldn’t be asked to shoulder the cost. Working families need a living wage, not to have their hard-earned money further enrich Wall Street millionaires.”

    Under existing tax law, Section 162(m) prohibits publicly traded corporations from deducting more than $1 million in compensation paid to a small subset of their top executives: the CEO, the CFO, and the three highest non-CEO and non-CFO officers. Both Republican and Democratic administrations have signed laws based on earlier versions of this legislation to help curtail the abuse of this deduction. However, the full loophole is still not closed, and taxpayers continue to subsidize billions of dollars in extravagant compensation.

    To address the widening income gap and help resolve corporate tax avoidance on exorbitant executive pay, this legislation increases the number of wealthy executives subject to section 162(m) from the top five to any employee compensated over $1 million. As of 2023, the CEO-to-worker pay ratio was 268-to-1, meaning it would take more than five career lifetimes for the average worker to match a CEO’s earnings in a single year. According to reports, Congressional Republicans have expressed interest in new restrictions on such tax breaks for publicly traded companies.

    The Stop Subsidizing Multimillion Dollar Corporate Bonuses Act is cosponsored by Representatives Greg Casar (TX-35), Judy Chu (CA-28), Steve Cohen (TN-09); Rosa DeLauro (CT-03), Christopher DeLuzio (PA-17), Adriano Espaillat (NY-13), John Garamendi (CA-08), Jesús “Chuy” García (IL-04), Henry “Hank” Johnson (GA-04), Summer Lee (PA-12), Seth Magaziner (RI-02), Gwen Moore (WI-04), Eleanor Holmes Norton (D-DC), Jamie Raskin (MD-08), Andrea Salinas (OR-06), Jan Schakowsky (IL-09), Melanie Stansbury (NM-01), Mark Takano (CA-39), Rashida Tlaib (MI-12), Jill Tokuda (HI-02), and Bonnie Watson Coleman (NJ-12). 

    The bill is also supported by AFL-CIO, Public Citizen, Americans for Financial Reform, Take on Wall Street, Americans for Tax Fairness, MIT Professor and Nobel Prize recipient Simon Johnson, and the Institute for Policy Studies, Global Economy Project.

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI Australia: Advice under development – administration issues

    Source: New places to play in Gungahlin

    Our commitment to you

    We are committed to providing you with accurate, consistent and clear information to help you understand your rights and entitlements and meet your obligations.

    If you follow our information and it turns out to be incorrect, or it is misleading and you make a mistake as a result, we will take that into account when determining what action, if any, we should take.

    Some of the information on this website applies to a specific financial year. This is clearly marked. Make sure you have the information for the right year before making decisions based on that information.

    If you feel that our information does not fully cover your circumstances, or you are unsure how it applies to you, contact us or seek professional advice.

    Copyright notice

    © Australian Taxation Office for the Commonwealth of Australia

    You are free to copy, adapt, modify, transmit and distribute this material as you wish (but not in any way that suggests the ATO or the Commonwealth endorses you or any of your services or products).

    MIL OSI News –

  • MIL-OSI Australia: Advice under development – capital gains tax issues

    Source: New places to play in Gungahlin

    [3953] Back-to-back CGT rollovers [updated]

    Title

    Draft Practical Compliance Guideline

    Back-to-back CGT roll-overs – ATO compliance approach

    Purpose

    This draft Guideline will explain when we are more likely to apply compliance resources to consider potential tax risks, including the application of Part IVA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (the general anti-avoidance provisions of the income tax law) to an arrangement that comprises multiple CGT rollovers.

    Expected completion

    Late 2025

    Comments

    Estimated completion in late 2025 is subject to the High Court’s finalisation of the appeal of the Full Federal Court’s decision in AusNet Services Limited v Commissioner of Taxation [2025] FCAFC 21.

    Contact

    Tara McLachlan, Private Wealth

    Phone: (07) 3149 5339

    Tara.McLachlan@ato.gov.au

    [4172] Application of CGT event K6

    Title

    Addendum to Taxation Ruling

    Taxation Ruling TR 2004/18 Income tax: capital gains: application of CGT event K6 (about pre-CGT shares and pre-CGT trust interests) in section 104-230 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997

    Purpose

    The addendum will revise aspects of TR 2004/18 about how the capital gain is calculated when a CGT event K6 happens. It will focus on the interpretation and application of subsection 104-230(6) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997, including the approach to working out which items of post-CGT property relevant capital proceeds are reasonably attributable to.

    Expected completion

    To be advised

    Comments

    The draft update to Taxation Ruling TR 2004/18DC Income tax: capital gains: application of CGT event K6 (about pre-CGT shares and pre-CGT trust interests) in section 104-230 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 published on 11 December 2024. Comments period closed on 14 February 2025.

    Contact

    Heran Kim, Private Wealth

    Phone: (02) 9685 8516

    Heran.Kim@ato.gov.au

    [4188] Deceased estates: ‘double death’ [updated]

    Title

    Draft Taxation Determination

    CGT consequences under Division 128 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 when a beneficiary of a deceased estate dies before a CGT asset of the deceased estate passes to them

    Purpose

    This guidance will clarify the Commissioner’s view on the application of the CGT rollover concession in Division 128 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 when a beneficiary of a deceased estate dies before a CGT asset of the deceased estate passes to them.

    Expected completion

    Late 2025

    Contact

    Danijela Jablanovic, Individuals and Intermediaries

    Phone: (07) 3213 5864

    Danijela.jablanovic@ato.gov.au

    [4189] Deceased estates: right to occupy [updated]

    Title

    Draft Taxation Determination

    What constitutes a right to occupy a dwelling ‘under a deceased’s will’ for the purpose of obtaining the CGT exemption in section 118-195 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997?

    Purpose

    This guidance will provide the Commissioner’s view on when an individual has a right to occupy a dwelling under a deceased’s will for the purposes of subsection 118-195(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 to obtain a CGT main residence exemption.

    Expected completion

    Mid 2026

    Contact

    Penny Hextall, Individuals and Intermediaries

    Phone: (03) 8601 9423

    Penny.Hextall@ato.gov.au

    MIL OSI News –

  • MIL-Evening Report: This NZ law aims to give people with criminal convictions a ‘clean slate’. It’s not working

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Alexander Plum, Senior Research Fellow, Auckland University of Technology

    Andrey_Popov/Shutterstock

    If you own a business, would you be willing to hire a person who has been convicted for a crime? Give them a chance when a background check shows they have a criminal record?

    The answers matter for both individuals and communities. For people who have paid their debt to society, rejoining it can hinge on getting a second chance without being judged on their past.

    It is not something they can really hide. Employers often conduct criminal background checks as part of the hiring process. People with criminal records face high levels of stigmatisation, making it harder to reenter their communities and make money legally.

    The thorny question of what to do with people with convictions when it comes to employment has been considered by policymakers and justice campaigners around the world.

    In the United States, more than 27 states have introduced “Ban the Box” legislation. While each law is unique, by and large they have eliminated the requirement to provide criminal background information in job applications.

    And a number of countries, including New Zealand, have implemented clean slate initiatives which help conceal criminal records for people who meet certain criteria.

    Our new research looks at whether New Zealand’s clean slate scheme increases the job prospects for eligible people.

    The clean slate reform was introduced as the Criminal Records Act in 2004. People who were previously convicted of minor offences can now have their criminal records automatically concealed if they can maintain a conviction-free record for seven years after their last sentence.

    The regulation excludes people who were involved in a serious offence (such as sexual misconduct) or who received a particularly punitive sentence (such as incarceration or an indefinite disqualification from driving).

    The Criminal Records Act allows eligible people with a conviction to wipe their slate clean seven years after their last sentencing.
    Shutterstock

    Clean slate and the labour market

    Our research started with the Integrated Data Infrastructure (IDI), hosted by Statistics New Zealand (StatsNZ). This is a repository of records provided by different public and private agencies, including court charge data from the Ministry of Justice and tax records from Inland Revenue.

    StatsNZ uses specific characteristics of individuals (such as name and birth date) to identify them across the different datasets. This enables researchers to track the same individual’s data footprint across different administrative records.

    We used court charges data on all men convicted between 1992 and 2003 who had fulfilled the clean slate eligibility criteria. We then linked this pool of people with their Inland Revenue records to measure their employment and earnings.

    To identify the labour market impact of the clean slate policy, we compared the employment and earnings of those who completed their seven-year rehabilitation period (the treatment group) with individuals who become eligible some time later (control group).

    Limited benefits of clean slate scheme

    Our analysis found the clean slate scheme has no relevant impact on the likelihood of eligible individuals finding work. This could result from the length of time required between sentencing and being eligible for a clean slate. Seven years could simply be too long.

    But the clean slate scheme did create at least a 2% increase in eligible workers’ monthly wages and salaries – equivalent to a NZ$100 hike for an individual with an average monthly salary of $5,000.

    The increase in monthly earnings appears to be greater for workers with a stronger commitment to working and for those who remain with one company for longer periods.

    Global patterns

    The labour market effects of concealing past convictions have also been explored in the US. Recent research looked at a policy enacted in Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania and Bexar County, Texas. Mirroring our own results, the authors do not find any relevant impact on gaining employment.

    Our findings indicate the concealment of past convictions through New Zealand’s clean slate scheme might happen too late to make a huge difference. But there are changes that can be made to improve work outcomes for people who have completed their sentences.

    This could include following the example of countries such as Finland, where access to criminal histories is much more restricted. In Finland, the background check has to be directly relevant to the job requirements. For example, the law allows checks for someone applying to work in the financial sector who was convicted of fraud.

    There would also be benefits from looking at the eligibility criteria for New Zealand’s clean slate scheme.

    Currently, it only applies to people who committed a minor offence. But policymakers should consider whether it makes sense to expand the policy to people who committed more serious crimes but managed to turn their life around. Making this change would allow people to reap the benefits of working without stigma.

    All that said, the government’s current “tough on crime” stance makes change unlikely, with a focus on the cost of crime rather than what happens after punishment has been completed.

    Kabir Dasgupta is affiliated with the Federal Reserve Board. The opinions expressed in this article does not reflect the views of the the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Reserve System.

    Alexander Plum does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    – ref. This NZ law aims to give people with criminal convictions a ‘clean slate’. It’s not working – https://theconversation.com/this-nz-law-aims-to-give-people-with-criminal-convictions-a-clean-slate-its-not-working-254687

    MIL OSI Analysis – EveningReport.nz –

  • MIL-OSI USA: Tuberville, Grassley Reintroduce Bill to Help Students Navigate College Costs

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Alabama Tommy Tuberville
    WASHINGTON – Today, Senators Tommy Tuberville (R-AL) and Chuck Grassley (R-IA) reintroduced a bill to help students and families make informed decisions when choosing a college and taking out loans. From the initial college search, to the acceptance of financial aid, to counseling once in college, the bill would help students avoid sticker shock, find the best school for their budget and avoid taking out ill-advised and oversized loans. Senator Tuberville, a member of the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions (HELP) Committee and the Chairman of the Education and the American Family Subcommittee, emphasized the importance of transparency in the college decision-making process:
    “More and more of our young people are finding themselves buried in student loan debt,” said Senator Tuberville. “Too many of our young people are falling behind on their life goals because they are carrying the burden of college loans for years after completing their degrees. This bill will help young people, who are considering pursuing higher education, understand if college is right fit for them and exactly what financial assistance they may need.”
    BACKGROUND:
    The Understanding the True Cost of College Act would create a universal financial aid offer form and standardize terms used to describe financial aid to allow students to more easily compare financial aid packages between schools. This move aims to prevent troubling findings by the Government Accountability Office (GAO) that over 90% of college financial aid offer letters currently understate the price students would pay. A summary of the Understanding the True Cost of College Act is available HERE. 
    MORE:
    Tuberville Introduces Legislation to Lower the Cost of Graduate School
    Tuberville: No Student Loan Bailouts for Convicted Antisemitic Protestors
    Tuberville, Marshall Request Expedited Review of Financial Aid Applications
    Tuberville Joins Legislation to Protect Taxpayers From Biden’s Latest Student Loan Scam
    Senator Tommy Tuberville represents Alabama in the United States Senate and is a member of the Senate Armed Services, Agriculture, Veterans’ Affairs, HELP and Aging Committees.

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI USA: Reed Renews Push to End Special Tax Deductions for Huge Executive Bonuses

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Rhode Island Jack Reed
    WASHINGTON, DC – According to the Economic Policy Institute, the gulf in pay between CEOs and average workers is 290 to 1. In an effort to ensure that hardworking U.S. taxpayers are not forced to subsidize lavish executive compensation packages while making a fraction of CEO pay, U.S. Senator Jack Reed (D-RI) today reintroduced legislation that would finally fully close a major loophole in corporate tax law.
    The Stop Subsidizing Multimillion Dollar Corporate Bonuses Act (S. 1576) would put an end to a special tax break for huge executive bonuses by preventing publicly traded corporations from deducting the cost of any multimillion-dollar pay package paid to executives from their corporate tax bills.
    Under section 162(m) of the tax code, publicly traded corporations cannot deduct more than $1 million in compensation paid to their top executives.  But section 162(m) does not cover compensation paid to all public company employees, and corporations have long exploited this loophole to claim tax deductions for executive compensation packages that far exceed $1 million.  As publicly traded corporations offer lucrative compensation deals to increasing numbers of executives and not just those at the very top of the organization, U.S. taxpayers are shouldering the cost.
    Both Republican and Democratic administrations have signed laws based on earlier versions of this legislation in order to curtail the abuse of this deduction.  This includes ensuring that performance-based compensation is actually counted as compensation under section 162(m) and increasing the number of highly paid executives who are subject to section 162(m).  Partially tightening the law in these ways has saved taxpayers billions of dollars.  However, the full loophole has still not been closed, and taxpayers continue to subsidize extravagant compensation.
    The Stop Subsidizing Multimillion Dollar Corporate Bonuses Act would address the remaining gaps by applying section 162(m) restrictions to all employees of publicly traded corporations so that all compensation is subject to a deductibility cap of $1 million per employee.  The nonpartisan Joint Committee on Taxation has estimated that closing this loophole would save taxpayers nearly $80 billion over ten years.  In other words, taxpayers are currently paying around $8 billion each year to subsidize exorbitant executive pay packages.
    “Corporations shouldn’t be able to get out of paying their fair share of taxes by lavishing executives with jumbo bonuses at the expense of taxpayers, workers, and shareholders.  Taxpayers shouldn’t be subsidizing millionaire compensation and it’s way past time for this loophole to be fully closed,” said Senator Reed.  “Companies are free to pay their executives as much as they want.  But it is unfair to force hardworking American taxpayers to foot the bill for multimillion-dollar bonuses.  The Stop Subsidizing Multimillion Dollar Corporate Bonuses Act puts an end to this give-away and will restore fairness to the tax code and ensure corporations, not taxpayers, are the ones who pay for multimillion dollar bonuses.  Success and capitalism are not at issue here.  What’s at issue is a broken system that has taxpayers subsidizing multimillion dollar executive bonuses while those same taxpayers are struggling with rising costs.”
    The Stop Subsidizing Multimillion Dollar Corporate Bonuses Act is also cosponsored by U.S. Senators Richard Blumenthal (D-CT), Tammy Baldwin (D-WI), Jeff Merkley (D-OR), Sheldon Whitehouse (D-RI), Chris Van Hollen (D-MD), Bernard Sanders (I-VT), and Elizabeth Warren (D-MA).
    The bill is supported by Public Citizen, Americans for Financial Reform, the AFL-CIO, the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, MIT Professor and Nobel Prize Winner Simon Johnson, Take On Wall Street, Americans for Tax Fairness, and the Institute for Policy Studies, Global Economy Project.
    “This is a timely and important proposal, addressing a basic issue of fairness in the American economy,” said MIT Professor and Nobel Prize Winner Simon Johnson.
    “It’s high time our tax code stopped rewarding large corporations for giving their executives extravagant pay packages. We applaud Senator Reed and Representative Doggett for introducing legislation to finally close a senseless loophole that subsidizes outrageous executive pay,” said Natalia Renta, Associate Director of Corporate Governance and Power at Americans for Financial Reform.

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI: Gran Tierra Energy Inc. Reports First Quarter 2025 Results, Record Production and Continued Exploration Success

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Achieved Record Total Company Average Quarterly Production of 46,647 boepd
    • Ecuador Exploration Success Continues with Additional Oil Discoveries in Iguana Block
    • Solid Balance Sheet, Exited the Quarter with $77 Million in Cash Following Active Capital Campaign, Paid Down $27 Million of Debt
    • Additional Liquidity Secured with Signing of New $75 Million Credit Facility

    CALGARY, Alberta, May 01, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Gran Tierra Energy Inc. (“Gran Tierra” or the “Company”) (NYSE American:GTE)(TSX:GTE)(LSE:GTE) announced the Company’s financial and operating results for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 (“the Quarter”) and provided an operational update. All dollar amounts are in United States (“U.S.”) dollars and all reserves and production volumes are on an average working interest before royalties (“WI”) basis unless otherwise indicated. Production is expressed in barrels (“bbl”) of oil equivalent (“boe”) per day (“boepd” or “boe/d”) and are based on WI sales before royalties. For per boe amounts based on net after royalty (“NAR”) production, see Gran Tierra’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 1, 2025.

    Message to Shareholders

    Gary Guidry, President and Chief Executive Officer of Gran Tierra, commented: “Our first quarter performance reflects strong operational execution and disciplined financial management. Our front-loaded 2025 capital program, which had up to five rigs active during the quarter, delivered record drilling times and cost efficiencies across our key assets. We continue to generate returns through our share buyback program and ongoing debt reduction. Lowering leverage remains a key priority as we focus on projects which deliver quick cycle returns and maintain flexibility to invest in high-return opportunities across our portfolio. Our focused exploration efforts also continue to deliver successful results, reinforcing the quality of our assets and long-term strategy to create value. With current production of approximately 48,400(2) boe/d and a strong hedge position for the remainder of the year we are well positioned to generate value while remaining resilient amid commodity price volatility.”

    Operational Update:

    • Ecuador
      • Gran Tierra has successfully drilled two additional oil discoveries in Ecuador, the Iguana B1 and Iguana B2 wells on the Iguana Block. The combined wells have an average oil production rate over 30 days of ~1,684 bopd from the U-Sand formation (with a less than 1% watercut), an average API of 28° and 520 standard cubic foot per stock tank barrel of gas-to-oil ratio. The Iguana B1 well was drilled and completed in record time and under budget, establishing a new pace-setting well in Gran Tierra’s Ecuador exploration campaign.
      • The drilling rig has been stacked on the Iguana pad, pending mobilization to the new Conejo pad on the Charapa Block, to resume exploration drilling during the third quarter of 2025.
    • Colombia
      • Gran Tierra successfully drilled the first three of five wells from the Cohembi North Pad during the Quarter. All wells were under budget and drilled 60% faster than the previous operator. These wells represent the Company’s first drilling operations as operator, with the remaining two wells expected to be drilled during the second quarter of 2025. Upon completion of the program, the rig will move to the Costayaco Pad to commence a three well development program during the second quarter of 2025.
      • By the end of the Quarter, the civil, electrical and mechanical field works at Cohembi reached 100% mechanical completion. This project was initiated to facilitate the processing of new production from the Cohembi North Pad at the Cohembi Central Processing Facility.
      • Optimization of the Acordionero field is ongoing through waterflood expansion, which includes facility enhancements, electrical submersible pump upsizing, injector conversions and upgrades to gas-to-power generation. These initiatives are focused on reducing unit costs, offsetting natural declines and improving overall recovery factors. The field continues to perform strongly, with average production of 13,824 boepd in the Quarter. This represents a two percent increase from the fourth quarter of 2024, despite no wells being drilled since the first quarter of 2024. Current production (April 1 – 30, 2025) is approximately 14,500 boepd, a 5% increase from the first quarter of 2025 average, reflecting the strong reservoir response to the execution of our first quarter waterflood management optimization program. The Company continues to see significant development potential at Acordionero and is planning another drilling program of eight to ten wells in 2026 targeting high oil saturation, unswept infill locations.
    • Canada
      • Gran Tierra and its joint venture partner, Logan Energy Corp., successfully drilled and completed two Lower Montney wells at Simonette. These two wells were brought on stream from the 16-13-61-1W6 (“16-13”) pad and completed with a similar optimized Lower Montney completion design as the 13-13-61-1W6 offset well drilled in 2022. After 21 days since being placed on production, the average gross production per well was 674 bbl/d oil, 13 bbl/d NGLs and 767 Mcf/d of gas (814 boe/d at 84% liquids), Gran Tierra has a 50% Working Interest and the wells continue to clean-up. This early production performance surpasses the prior offset well by 80% for the same time period and are exceeding their budgeted type curves. After 21 days since being placed on production, the average gross production per well was 674 bbl/d oil, 13 bbl/d NGLs and 767 Mcf/d of gas (814 boe/d at 84% liquids). Gran Tierra has a 50% Working Interest and the wells continue to clean-up. This early production performance surpasses the prior offset well by 80% for the same time period and are exceeding their budgeted type curves.
      • Gran Tierra successfully acquired 21 sections of prospective land in Central Alberta along the Nisku fairway in March 2025, which adds over 50 potential drilling opportunities to its drilling inventory.
      • At Clearwater, Gran Tierra participated in the successful drilling of two gross (0.5 net) wells during the Quarter, and both wells are estimated to be on stream imminently. The first well drilled was a 4-legged injector to support a water flood pilot in the Marten Hills block, potentially increasing reserves based off nearby analogue waterflood results. The second well (non-op), with 14 legs, was drilled in the Seal block to test the productivity of heavy oil in the Bluesky formation.

    Key Highlights of the Quarter:

    • Production: Gran Tierra’s total average WI production was 46,647 boepd, which was 14% higher than fourth quarter 2024 (“the Prior Quarter”) and 45% higher than the first quarter of 2024. Higher production during the Quarter was due to the Company recognizing three full months of production from Canada and positive exploration well results in Ecuador.
    • Net Income: Gran Tierra incurred a net loss of $19 million, compared to a net loss of $34 million in the Prior Quarter and a net loss of nil in the first quarter of 2024.
    • Adjusted EBITDA(1): Adjusted EBITDA(1) was $85 million compared to $76 million in the Prior Quarter and $95 million in the first quarter of 2024. Twelve-month trailing Net Debt(1) to Adjusted EBITDA(1) was 1.9 times (only accounts for five months of Canadian operations Adjusted EBITDA) and the Company continues to have a long-term target ratio of 1.0 times.
    • Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities: Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities was $73 million ($2.05 per share), up 175% from the Prior Quarter and up 20% from the first quarter of 2024.
    • Funds Flow from Operations(1): Funds flow from operations(1) was $55 million ($1.55 per share), up 25% from the Prior Quarter and down 26% from the first quarter of 2024 as a result of lower oil prices.
    • Cash and Debt: As of March 31, 2025, the Company had a cash balance of $77 million, total debt of $760 million and net debt(1) of $683 million. During the Quarter, the Company repaid at maturity the remaining principal of its 6.25% Senior Notes due in 2025 in an amount of $25 million and repurchased $2 million of its 9.5% Senior Notes due in 2029.
    • Liquidity: In addition to the $77 million cash on hand as of March 31, 2025, the Company currently has approximately $110 million in undrawn credit and lending facilities. The Company has a revolving credit facility agreement in Canada with a borrowing base of C$100.0 million with available commitment of C$50.0 million and is available until October 31, 2025 with a repayment date of October 31, 2026, which may be extended by further periods of up to 364 days, subject to lender approval. On April 16, 2025, the Company announced an additional $75 million reserve-based lending facility in Colombia with a final maturity date in 36 months from the closing date.
    • Share Buybacks: Gran Tierra repurchased 453,050 shares of common stock during the Quarter. From January 1, 2023, to April 29, 2025, the Company repurchased approximately 5.2 million shares, or 15% of shares issued and outstanding on January 1, 2023.

    Additional Key Financial Metrics:

    • Capital Expenditures: Capital expenditures of $95 million were higher than the $79 million in the Prior Quarter and higher than $55 million in the first quarter of 2024 as a result of the addition of the Canadian development program, an active Ecuador exploration program and development activities in the Cohembi field in Colombia during the Quarter. During the Quarter, the Company had three rigs active in Canada, one in Ecuador and one in Colombia. Currently, the Company has one rig active in Colombia.
    • Oil Sales: Gran Tierra generated oil sales of $171 million, up 8% from the first quarter of 2024 as a result of 45% higher sales volumes due to higher production and the tightening of the Castilla, Vasconia and Oriente oil differentials which offset lower Brent pricing. Oil sales increased 16% from the Prior Quarter primarily due to 17% higher sales volumes, a 1% increase in Brent price and lower Castilla, Oriente, and Vasconia oil differentials.
    • South American Quality and Transportation Discounts: The Company’s quality and transportation discounts in South America per bbl were lower during the Quarter at $11.58, compared to $13.94 in the Prior Quarter and $15.36 in the first quarter of 2024. The Castilla oil differential per bbl tightened to $5.34, down from $8.33 in the Prior Quarter and $8.82 in the first quarter of 2024 (Castilla is the benchmark for the Company’s Middle Magdalena Valley Basin oil production). The Vasconia differential per bbl tightened to $2.27, down from $5.02 in the Prior Quarter, and $5.05 in the first quarter of 2024. The Ecuadorian benchmark, Oriente, per bbl was $7.65, down from $9.40 in the Prior Quarter and $8.02 one year ago. The current(2) differentials are approximately $4.94 per bbl for Castilla, $1.87 per bbl for Vasconia, and $7.26 per bbl for Oriente.
    • Operating Expenses: On a per boe basis, operating expenses decreased by 3% when compared to the first quarter of 2024 and the Prior Quarter. Operating expenses increased by 11% to $67 million, compared to the Prior Quarter and increased by 39% from $48 million compared to the first quarter of 2024, primarily due to new Canadian operations and increases in production volumes in Ecuador. The increase in total operating costs is commensurate with the 45% increase in production.
    • Transportation Expenses: The Company’s transportation expenses increased by 62% to $7 million, compared to the Prior Quarter’s transportation expenses of $4 million, and increased by 51% compared to the first quarter of 2024. Transportation expenses were higher due to new Canadian operations and higher sales volumes transported in Ecuador during the Quarter.
    • Operating Netback(1)(3): The Company’s operating netback(1)(3) was $22.70 per boe, up 2% from the Prior Quarter and down 36% from the first quarter of 2024 because of of the addition of the Canadian assets and approximately 50 of Canadian production tied to AECO gas pricing.
    • General and Administrative (“G&A”) Expenses: G&A expenses before stock-based compensation were $2.86 per boe, up from $2.75 per boe in the Prior Quarter due to increased audit fees relating to the acquisition of the Canadian assets, a full quarter of Canadian salaries and increased IT expenses. G&A expenses before stock-based compensation were down from $3.65 per boe, compared to the first quarter of 2024 as a result of higher sales volumes in the Quarter.
    • Cash Netback(1): Cash netback(1) per boe increased to $13.04, compared to $11.90 in the Prior Quarter primarily as a result of transaction costs of $1.20 per boe incurred in the Prior Quarter as a result of the acquisition of the Canadian operations. Compared to one year ago, cash netback(1) per boe decreased by $12.09 from $25.13 per boe as a result of lower operating netback primarily due to lower realized price.

    Gran Tierra Reconfirms Previously Disclosed 2025 Consolidated Guidance and Provides Country Breakdown:

    2025 Budget Low Case Base Case High Case
    Brent Oil Price ($/bbl) 65.00 75.00 85.00
    WTI Oil Price ($/bbl) 61.00 71.00 81.00
    AECO Natural Gas Price ($CAD/thousand cubic feet) 2.00 2.50 3.50
    Production (boepd) 47,000-53,000 47,000-53,000 47,000-53,000
    Operating Netback1,3($ million) 330-370 430-470 510-550
    EBITDA1($ million) 300-340 380-420 460-500
    Cash Flow1($ million) 200-240 260-300 300-340
    Capital Expenditures ($ million) 200-240 240-280 240-280
    Free Cash Flow1($ million) – 20 60
    Number of Development Wells (gross) 8-12 10-14 10-14
    Number of Exploration Wells (gross) 6 6-8 6-8
    Budgeted Costs Costs per boe ($/boe)
    Lifting 12.00-14.00
    Workovers 1.50-2.50
    Transportation 1.00-2.00
    General and Administration 2.00-3.00
    Interest 4.00-4.50
    Current Tax 2.00-3.00
    2025 Budget by Country – Base Case Canada Colombia Ecuador
    Production (kboepd) 18 – 19* 25 – 27 4 – 7
           
    Per Barrel ($/boe)      
    Realized Price 22 – 24 51 – 53 43 – 45
    Operating and Transportation Expense 10 – 12 19 – 21 12 – 14
    Operating Netback 10 – 14 30 – 34 29 – 33

    *Canada’s production is comprised of approximately 50% natural gas, 21% oil and 29% natural gas liquids (“NGL”)

    Financial and Operational Highlights (all amounts in $000s, except per share and boe amounts)

    Consolidated Financial Data Three Months Ended March 31,   Three Months
    Ended
    December 31,
      2025 2024   2024
             
    Net Income (Loss) $(19,280) $(78)   $(34,210)
    Per Share – Basic and Diluted $(0.54) $—   $(1.00)
             
    Oil, Natural Gas and NGL Sales $170,533 $157,577   $147,290
    Operating Expenses (67,354) (48,466)   (60,770)
    Transportation Expenses (6,911) (4,584)   (4,279)
    Operating Netback(1)(3) $96,268 $104,527   $82,241
             
    G&A Expenses Before Stock-Based Compensation $12,143 $10,782   $10,191
    G&A Stock-Based Compensation (Recovery) Expense (517) 3,361   3,331
    G&A Expenses, Including Stock Based Compensation $11,626 $14,143   $13,522
             
    Adjusted EBITDA(1) $85,162 $94,792   $76,168
             
    EBITDA(1) $79,710 $91,891   $65,247
             
    Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities $73,230 $60,827   $26,607
             
    Funds Flow from Operations(1) $55,344 $74,307   $44,129
             
    Capital Expenditures $94,727 $55,331   $78,579
             
    Free Cash Flow(1) $(39,383) $18,976   $(34,450)
             
    Average Daily Production (boe/d)        
    WI Production Before Royalties 46,647 32,242   41,009
    Royalties (8,084) (6,397)   (7,327)
    Production NAR 38,563 25,845   33,682
    Decrease (Increase) in Inventory 461 235   (712)
    Sales 39,024 26,080   32,970
    Royalties, % of WI Production Before Royalties 17% 20%   18%
             
    Cash Netback ($/boe)(1)        
    Average Realized Price before Royalties 48.55 66.40   48.56
    Royalties (8.33) (13.08)   (8.83)
    Average Realized Price 40.22 53.32   39.73
    Transportation Expenses (1.63) (1.55)   (1.15)
    Average Realized Price Net of Transportation Expenses 38.59 51.77   38.58
    Operating Expenses (15.89) (16.40)   (16.39)
    Operating Netback(1)(3) 22.70 35.37   22.19
    G&A Expenses Before Stock-Based Compensation (2.86) (3.65)   (2.75)
    Transaction Costs — —   (1.20)
    Realized Foreign Exchange Gain (Loss) (0.51) (0.49)   0.07
    Cash settlement on derivative instruments 0.10 —   0.30
    Interest Expense, Excluding Amortization of Debt Issuance Costs (4.58) (5.12)   (5.40)
    Interest Income 0.10 0.23   0.34
    Other Gain — —   0.40
    Net Lease Payments 0.04 0.12   0.07
    Current Income Tax Expense (1.95) (1.33)   (2.12)
    Cash Netback(1) $13.04 $25.13   $11.90
             
    Share Information (000s)        
    Common Stock Outstanding, End of Period 35,524 31,401   35,972
    Weighted Average Number of Shares of Common Stock Outstanding – Basic and Diluted 35,777 31,813   34,333
    South American Operational Information Three Months Ended March 31,   Three Months
    Ended
    December 31,
      2025 2024   2024
    Operating Netback(1)(3)        
    Oil Sales $138,671 $157,577   $128,335
    Operating Expenses (50,827) (48,466)   (51,121)
    Transportation Expenses (4,304) (4,584)   (3,607)
    Operating Netback(1)(3) $83,540 $104,527   $73,607
             
    Average Daily Production (boe/d)        
    WI Production Before Royalties 29,686 32,242   29,695
    Royalties (5,844) (6,397)   (5,761)
    Production NAR 23,842 25,845   23,934
    Decrease (Increase) in Inventory 461 235   (712)
    Sales 24,303 26,080   23,222
    Royalties, % of WI Production Before Royalties 20% 20%   19%
             
    Operating Netback ($/boe)(1)(3)        
    Brent $74.98 $81.76   $74.01
    Quality and Transportation Discount (11.58) (15.36)   (13.94)
    Royalties (12.29) (13.08)   (11.94)
    Average Realized Price 51.11 53.32   48.13
    Transportation Expenses (1.59) (1.55)   (1.35)
    Average Realized Price Net of Transportation Expenses 49.52 51.77   46.78
    Operating Expenses (18.73) (16.40)   (19.17)
    Operating Netback(1)(3) $30.79 $35.37   $27.61
    Canadian Operational Information(4) Three Months Ended March 31,   Three Months
    Ended
    December 31,
      2025 2024   2024
    Operating Netback(1)(3)        
    Oil Sales $21,269 $—   $14,832
    Natural Gas Sales 7,561 —   3,546
    NGL Sales 7,997 —   4,193
    Royalties (4,966) —   (3,616)
    Oil, Natural Gas and NGL Sales After Royalties $31,862 $—   $18,955
    Operating Expenses (16,527) —   (9,649)
    Transportation Expenses (2,607) —   (672)
    Operating Netback(1)(3) $12,728 $—   $8,634
             
    Average Daily Production        
    Crude Oil (bbl/d) 3,623 —   2,461
    Natural Gas (mcf/d) 49,860 —   32,814
    NGLs (bbl/d) 5,029 —   3,383
    WI Production Before Royalties (boe/d) 16,961 —   11,314
    Royalties (boe/d) (2,240) —   (1,566)
    Production NAR (boe/d) 14,721 —   9,748
    Sales (boe/d) 14,721 —   9,748
    Royalties, % of WI Production Before Royalties 13% —%   14%
             
    Benchmark Prices        
    West Texas Intermediate ($/bbl) 71.47 77.01   70.42
    AECO Natural Gas Price (C$/GJ) 2.05 1.70   1.56
             
    Average Realized Price        
    Crude Oil ($/bbl) 65.23 —   65.50
    Natural Gas ($/mcf) 1.69 —   1.17
    NGLs ($/bbl) 17.67 —   13.47
             
    Operating Netback ($/boe)(1)(3)        
    Average Realized Price $24.12 $—   $21.69
    Royalties (3.25) —   (3.47)
    Transportation Expenses (1.71) —   (0.65)
    Operating Expenses (10.83) —   (9.27)
    Operating Netback(1)(3) $8.33 $—   $8.30

    (1)Funds flow from operations, operating netback, net debt, cash netback, earnings before interest, taxes and depletion, depreciation and accretion (“DD&A”) (“EBITDA”) and EBITDA adjusted for non-cash lease expense, lease payments, foreign exchange gains or losses, stock-based compensation expense, other gains or losses, transaction costs and financial instruments gains or losses (“Adjusted EBITDA”), cash flow and free cash flow are non-GAAP measures and do not have standardized meanings under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Cash flow refers to funds flow from operations. Free cash flow refers to funds flow from operations less capital expenditures. Refer to “Non-GAAP Measures” in this press release for descriptions of these non-GAAP measures and, where applicable, reconciliations to the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
    (2) Gran Tierra’s second quarter-to-date 2025 total average differentials and average production are for the period from April 1 to April 30, 2025.
    (3) Operating netback as presented is defined as oil sales less operating and transportation expenses. See the table titled Financial and Operational Highlights above for the components of consolidated operating netback and corresponding reconciliation.
    (4) Gran Tierra entered Canada with the acquisition of i3 Energy which closed October 31, 2024, therefore no comparative data is provided for the corresponding period of 2024.

    Conference Call Information:

    Gran Tierra will host its first quarter 2025 results conference call on Friday, May 2, 2025, at 9:00 a.m. Mountain Time, 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time. Interested parties may access the conference call by registering at the following link: https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BI0f6a1e0b01bd474992543eb3e6d51c71. The call will also be available via webcast at www.grantierra.com.

    2024 Sustainability Report:

    Gran Tierra has published its 2024 Sustainability Report and is available on the Company website at www.grantierra.com/esg.

    Corporate Presentation:

    Gran Tierra’s Corporate Presentation has been updated and is available on the Company website at www.grantierra.com.

    Contact Information

    For investor and media inquiries please contact:

    Gary Guidry
    President & Chief Executive Officer

    Ryan Ellson
    Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

    +1-403-265-3221

    info@grantierra.com

    About Gran Tierra Energy Inc.
    Gran Tierra Energy Inc. together with its subsidiaries is an independent international energy company currently focused on oil and natural gas exploration and production in Canada, Colombia and Ecuador. The Company is currently developing its existing portfolio of assets in Canada, Colombia and Ecuador and will continue to pursue additional new growth opportunities that would further strengthen the Company’s portfolio. The Company’s common stock trades on the NYSE American, the Toronto Stock Exchange and the London Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol GTE. Additional information concerning Gran Tierra is available at www.grantierra.com. Except to the extent expressly stated otherwise, information on the Company’s website or accessible from our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into and should not be considered part of this press release. Investor inquiries may be directed to info@grantierra.com or (403) 265-3221.

    Gran Tierra’s Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) filings are available on the SEC website at http://www.sec.gov. The Company’s Canadian securities regulatory filings are available on SEDAR+ at http://www.sedarplus.ca and UK regulatory filings are available on the National Storage Mechanism website at https://data.fca.org.uk/#/nsm/nationalstoragemechanism.

    Forward Looking Statements and Legal Advisories:
    This press release contains opinions, forecasts, projections, and other statements about future events or results that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and financial outlook and forward looking information within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities laws (collectively, “forward-looking statements”). All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this press release regarding our business strategy, plans and objectives of our management for future operations, capital spending plans and benefits of the changes in our capital program or expenditures, our liquidity and financial condition, and those statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “expect,” “plan,” “can,” “will,” “should,” “guidance,” “forecast,” “budget,” “estimate,” “signal,” “progress” and “believes,” derivations thereof and similar terms identify forward-looking statements. In particular, but without limiting the foregoing, this press release contains forward-looking statements regarding: the Company’s leverage ratio target, the Company’s plans regarding strategic investments, acquisitions, including the anticipated benefits and operating synergies expected from the acquisition of i3 Energy, and growth, the Company’s drilling program and capital expenditures and the Company’s expectations of commodity prices, including future gas pricing in Canada, exploration and production trends and its positioning for 2024. The forward-looking statements contained in this press release reflect several material factors and expectations and assumptions of Gran Tierra including, without limitation, that Gran Tierra will continue to conduct its operations in a manner consistent with its current expectations, pricing and cost estimates (including with respect to commodity pricing and exchange rates), the ability of Gran Tierra to successfully integrate the assets and operations of i3 Energy or realize the anticipated benefits and operating synergies expected from the acquisition of i3 Energy, the general continuance of assumed operational, regulatory and industry conditions in Canada, Colombia and Ecuador, and the ability of Gran Tierra to execute its business and operational plans in the manner currently planned.

    Among the important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements in this press release include, but are not limited to: certain of our operations are located in South America and unexpected problems can arise due to guerilla activity, strikes, local blockades or protests; technical difficulties and operational difficulties may arise which impact the production, transport or sale of our products; other disruptions to local operations; global health events; global and regional changes in the demand, supply, prices, differentials or other market conditions affecting oil and gas, including inflation and changes resulting from actual or anticipated tariffs and trade policies, global health crises, geopolitical events, including the conflicts in Ukraine and the Gaza region, or from the imposition or lifting of crude oil production quotas or other actions that might be imposed by OPEC and other producing countries and the resulting company or third-party actions in response to such changes; changes in commodity prices, including volatility or a prolonged decline in these prices relative to historical or future expected levels; the risk that current global economic and credit conditions may impact oil prices and oil consumption more than we currently predict, which could cause further modification of our strategy and capital spending program; prices and markets for oil and natural gas are unpredictable and volatile; the effect of hedges; the accuracy of productive capacity of any particular field; geographic, political and weather conditions can impact the production, transport or sale of our products; our ability to execute our business plan, which may include acquisitions, and realize expected benefits from current or future initiatives; the risk that unexpected delays and difficulties in developing currently owned properties may occur; the ability to replace reserves and production and develop and manage reserves on an economically viable basis; the accuracy of testing and production results and seismic data, pricing and cost estimates (including with respect to commodity pricing and exchange rates); the risk profile of planned exploration activities; the effects of drilling down-dip; the effects of waterflood and multi-stage fracture stimulation operations; the extent and effect of delivery disruptions, equipment performance and costs; actions by third parties; the timely receipt of regulatory or other required approvals for our operating activities; the failure of exploratory drilling to result in commercial wells; unexpected delays due to the limited availability of drilling equipment and personnel; volatility or declines in the trading price of our common stock or bonds; the risk that we do not receive the anticipated benefits of government programs, including government tax refunds; our ability to access debt or equity capital markets from time to time to raise additional capital, increase liquidity, fund acquisitions or refinance debt; our ability to comply with financial covenants in our indentures and make borrowings under our credit agreements; and the risk factors detailed from time to time in Gran Tierra’s periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including, without limitation, under the caption “Risk Factors” in Gran Tierra’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 filed February 20, 2024 and its other filings with the SEC. These filings are available on the SEC website at http://www.sec.gov and on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca.

    The forward-looking statements contained in this press release are based on certain assumptions made by Gran Tierra based on management’s experience and other factors believed to be appropriate. Gran Tierra believes these assumptions to be reasonable at this time, but the forward-looking statements are subject to risk and uncertainties, many of which are beyond Gran Tierra’s control, which may cause actual results to differ materially from those implied or expressed by the forward looking statements. The risk that the assumptions on which the 2024 outlook are based prove incorrect may increase the later the period to which the outlook relates. All forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this press release and the fact that this press release remains available does not constitute a representation by Gran Tierra that Gran Tierra believes these forward-looking statements continue to be true as of any subsequent date. Actual results may vary materially from the expected results expressed in forward-looking statements. Gran Tierra disclaims any intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as expressly required by applicable law. In addition, historical, current and forward-looking sustainability-related statements may be based on standards for measuring progress that are still developing, internal controls and processes that continue to evolve, and assumptions that are subject to change in the future.

    The estimates of future production (aggregate and per country), EBITDA, net cash provided by operating activities (described in this press release as “cash flow”), free cash flow, certain prices and expenses (aggregate and per country) and operating netback (aggregate and per country) may be considered to be future-oriented financial information or a financial outlook for the purposes of applicable Canadian securities laws. Financial outlook and future-oriented financial information contained in this press release about prospective financial performance, financial position or cash flows are provided to give the reader a better understanding of the potential future performance of the Company in certain areas and are based on assumptions about future events, including economic conditions and proposed courses of action, based on management’s assessment of the relevant information currently available, and to become available in the future. In particular, this press release contains projected operational and financial information for 2025. These projections contain forward-looking statements and are based on a number of material assumptions and factors set out above. Actual results may differ significantly from the projections presented herein. The actual results of Gran Tierra’s operations for any period could vary from the amounts set forth in these projections, and such variations may be material. See above for a discussion of the risks that could cause actual results to vary. The future-oriented financial information and financial outlooks contained in this press release have been approved by management as of the date of this press release. Readers are cautioned that any such financial outlook and future-oriented financial information contained herein should not be used for purposes other than those for which it is disclosed herein. The Company and its management believe that the prospective financial information has been prepared on a reasonable basis, reflecting management’s best estimates and judgments, and represent, to the best of management’s knowledge and opinion, the Company’s expected course of action. However, because this information is highly subjective, it should not be relied on as necessarily indicative of future results.

    Non-GAAP Measures

    This press release includes non-GAAP financial measures as further described herein. These non-GAAP measures do not have a standardized meaning under GAAP. Investors are cautioned that these measures should not be construed as alternatives to net income or loss, cash flow from operating activities or other measures of financial performance as determined in accordance with GAAP. Gran Tierra’s method of calculating these measures may differ from other companies and, accordingly, they may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies. Each non-GAAP financial measure is presented along with the corresponding GAAP measure so as to not imply that more emphasis should be placed on the non-GAAP measure.

    Operating netback, as presented, is defined as oil sales less operating and transportation expenses. See the table entitled Financial and Operational Highlights above for the components of consolidated operating netback and corresponding reconciliation.

    Cash netback as presented is defined as net income or loss adjusted for DD&A expenses, deferred tax expense or recovery, stock-based compensation expense or recovery, amortization of debt issuance costs, non-cash lease expense, lease payments, unrealized foreign exchange gain or loss, other gain or loss and unrealized derivative instruments loss. Management believes that operating netback and cash netback are useful supplemental measures for investors to analyze financial performance and provide an indication of the results generated by Gran Tierra’s principal business activities prior to the consideration of other income and expenses. A reconciliation from net income or loss to cash netback is as follows:

      Three Months Ended March 31,   Three Months
    Ended
    December 31,
    Cash Netback – (Non-GAAP) Measure ($000s)   2025     2024       2024  
    Net Loss $ (19,280 ) $ (78 )   $ (34,210 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash netback        
    DD&A expenses   72,202     56,150       63,406  
    Deferred tax (recovery) expense   (4,712 )   13,479       4,444  
    Stock-based compensation (recovery) expense   (517 )   3,361       3,331  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs   3,833     3,306       3,743  
    Non-cash lease expense   1,736     1,413       1,759  
    Lease payments   (1,567 )   (1,058 )     (1,495 )
    Unrealized foreign exchange loss (gain)   1,687     (2,266 )     (223 )
    Other loss   52     —       —  
    Unrealized derivative instrument loss   1,910     —       3,374  
    Cash netback $ 55,344   $ 74,307     $ 44,129  

    EBITDA, as presented, is defined as net income or loss adjusted for DD&A expenses, interest expense and income tax expense or recovery. Adjusted EBITDA, as presented, is defined as EBITDA adjusted for non-cash lease expense, lease payments, foreign exchange gain or loss, stock-based compensation expense, transaction costs, other gain or loss and unrealized derivative instruments loss. Management uses this supplemental measure to analyze performance and income generated by our principal business activities prior to the consideration of how non-cash items affect that income, and believes that this financial measure is useful supplemental information for investors to analyze our performance and our financial results. A reconciliation from net income or loss to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA is as follows:

      Three Months Ended March 31,   Three Months
    Ended
    December 31,
    EBITDA – (Non-GAAP) Measure ($000s)   2025     2024       2024  
    Net Loss $ (19,280 ) $ (78 )   $ (34,210 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA        
    DD&A expenses   72,202     56,150       63,406  
    Interest expense   23,235     18,424       23,752  
    Income tax expense   3,553     17,395       12,299  
    EBITDA $ 79,710   $ 91,891     $ 65,247  
    Non-cash lease expense   1,736     1,413       1,759  
    Lease payments   (1,567 )   (1,058 )     (1,495 )
    Foreign exchange loss (gain)   3,838     (815 )     (496 )
    Stock-based compensation expense   (517 )   3,361       3,331  
    Transaction costs   —     —       4,448  
    Other loss   52     —       —  
    Unrealized derivative instrument loss   1,910     —       3,374  
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 85,162   $ 94,792     $ 76,168  

    Funds flow from operations, as presented, is defined as net income or loss adjusted for DD&A expenses, deferred tax expense or recovery, stock-based compensation expense, amortization of debt issuance costs, non-cash lease expense, lease payments, unrealized foreign exchange gain, other gain or loss and unrealized gain or loss on derivative instruments. Management uses this financial measure to analyze performance and income or loss generated by our principal business activities prior to the consideration of how non-cash items affect that income or loss, and believes that this financial measure is also useful supplemental information for investors to analyze performance and our financial results. Free cash flow, as presented, is defined as funds flow from operations adjusted for capital expenditures. Management uses this financial measure to analyze cash flow generated by our principal business activities after capital requirements and believes that this financial measure is also useful supplemental information for investors to analyze performance and our financial results. A reconciliation from net income or loss to both funds flow from operations and free cash flow is as follows:

      Three Months Ended March 31,   Three Months
    Ended
    December 31,
    Funds Flow From Operations –
    (Non-GAAP) Measure ($000s)    		   2025     2024       2024  
    Net Loss $ (19,280 ) $ (78 )   $ (34,210 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to funds flow from operations        
    DD&A expenses   72,202     56,150       63,406  
    Deferred tax (recovery) expense   (4,712 )   13,479       4,444  
    Stock-based compensation (recovery) expense   (517 )   3,361       3,331  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs   3,833     3,306       3,743  
    Non-cash lease expense   1,736     1,413       1,759  
    Lease payments   (1,567 )   (1,058 )     (1,495 )
    Unrealized foreign exchange loss (gain)   1,687     (2,266 )     (223 )
    Other loss   52     —       —  
    Unrealized derivative instrument loss   1,910     —       3,374  
    Funds flow from operations $ 55,344   $ 74,307     $ 44,129  
    Capital expenditures $ 94,727   $ 55,331     $ 78,579  
    Free cash flow $ (39,383 ) $ 18,976     $ (34,450 )

    Net debt as of March 31, 2025, was $683 million, calculated using the sum of the aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Notes, and 9.50% Senior Notes outstanding, excluding deferred financing fees, totaling $760 million, less cash and cash equivalents of $77 million.

    Presentation of Oil and Gas Information

    Boes have been converted on the basis of six thousand cubic feet (“Mcf”) natural gas to 1 boe of oil. Boes may be misleading, particularly if used in isolation. A boe conversion ratio of 6 Mcf: 1 boe is based on an energy equivalency conversion method primarily applicable at the burner tip and does not represent a value equivalency at the wellhead. In addition, given that the value ratio based on the current price of oil as compared with natural gas is significantly different from the energy equivalent of six to one, utilizing a boe conversion ratio of 6 Mcf: 1 boe would be misleading as an indication of value.

    References to a formation where evidence of hydrocarbons has been encountered is not necessarily an indicator that hydrocarbons will be recoverable in commercial quantities or in any estimated volume. Gran Tierra’s reported production is a mix of light crude oil and medium heavy crude oil, tight oil, conventional natural gas, shale gas and natural gas liquids for which there is no precise breakdown since the Company’s sales volumes typically represent blends of more than one product type. Well test results should be considered as preliminary and not necessarily indicative of long-term performance or of ultimate recovery. Well log interpretations indicating oil and gas accumulations are not necessarily indicative of future production or ultimate recovery. If it is indicated that a pressure transient analysis or well-test interpretation has not been carried out, any data disclosed in that respect should be considered preliminary until such analysis has been completed. References to thickness of “oil pay” or of a formation where evidence of hydrocarbons has been encountered is not necessarily an indicator that hydrocarbons will be recoverable in commercial quantities or in any estimated volume.

    This press release contains certain oil and gas metrics, including operating netback and cash netback, which do not have standardized meanings or standard methods of calculation and therefore such measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies and should not be used to make comparisons. These metrics are calculated as described in this press release and management believes that they are useful supplemental measures for the reasons described in this press release.

    Such metrics have been included herein to provide readers with additional measures to evaluate the Company’s performance; however, such measures are not reliable indicators of the future performance of the Company and future performance may not compare to the performance in previous periods.

    References in this press release to “potential drilling opportunities” are references to unbooked locations for which there are no reserves or resources attributed by any of the Company’s qualified reserves auditors or evaluators but which the Company internally estimates can be drilled based on current land holdings, industry practice regarding well density, and internal review of geologic, geophysical, seismic, engineering, production and resources information. There is no certainty that the Company will drill any particular locations, or that drilling activity on any locations will result in additional reserves, resources or production. Locations on which the Company in fact drills wells will ultimately depend upon the availability of capital, regulatory approvals, seasonal restrictions, commodity prices, costs, actual drilling results, additional reservoir information and other factors. There is a higher level of risk associated with locations that are potential drilling opportunities and not “booked” locations to which any qualified reserves evaluator or auditor may have attributed reserves or resources. The Company generally has less information about reservoir characteristics associated with locations that are potential drilling opportunities and, accordingly, there is greater uncertainty whether wells will ultimately be drilled in such locations and, if drilled, whether they will result in additional reserves, resources or production.

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI Security: Two Owners of Roofing Companies Indicted for Tax Evasion

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    NEWARK, N.J. – Two roofing company owners were indicted for their failure to file tax returns and pay tax on income, U.S. Attorney Alina Habba announced.

    The Indictment charges Steve Mitchell, also known as “Sonny Mitchell,” of Edison, New Jersey, and Samuel Mitchell of Bohemia, New York with four counts each of tax evasion.

    According to documents filed in this case and statements made in court:

    Steve Mitchell, Samuel Mitchell, and others operated roofing businesses under several different names.  Despite earning approximately $881,730.26 and $1,397,960.21, respectively, in income from roofing customers from 2018 through 2021, Steve Mitchell and Samuel Mitchell failed to file tax returns with the IRS and pay tax on their income.  Instead, Steve Mitchell and Samuel Mitchell took affirmative steps to conceal their income from the IRS, including by providing false social security numbers to check cashing businesses that they used to convert customers’ checks to cash, which prevented the check cashing businesses from reporting the cashed checks to the IRS as required by law.

    In addition to the income from the roofing customers, Steve Mitchell also received income from an elderly individual for what the elderly individual thought was an investment in a COVID mask-making business.  In 2020 and 2021, Steve Mitchell converted over $4.2 million in checks from the elderly individual into cash.

    The tax evasion counts each carry a maximum potentially penalty of five years’ imprisonment and a fine of up to $250,000.

    U.S. Attorney Habba credited special agents of IRS-Criminal Investigation, under the direction of Special Agent in Charge Jenifer L. Piovesan, with the investigation leading to the charges.

    The government is represented by Assistant U. S. Attorney Casey S. Smith of the Criminal Division in Newark.

    The charges and allegations contained in the indictment are merely accusations, and the defendants are presumed innocent unless and until proven guilty.

                                                               ###

    Defense counsel:

    Steve Mitchell:            Michael A. Baldassare, Esq.

    Samuel Mitchell:        Robert Scrivo, Esq.

    MIL Security OSI –

  • MIL-OSI Security: False disaster relief applications and other fraud lands former Houstonian in federal prison

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    HOUSTON – A 35-year-old woman has been sentenced for conspiracy to commit wire fraud which resulted in approximately $620,000 in losses, announced U.S. Attorney Nicholas J. Ganjei.

    Cora Chantail Custard, who had resided in both Houston and San Antonio over course of the conspiracy, pleaded guilty Sept. 17, 2024.

    U.S. District Judge David Hittner has now ordered Custard to serve 57 months in federal prison to be immediately followed by three years of supervised release. She was also ordered to pay $621,388 in restitution. In handing down the sentence, the court noted the sophisticated means in which Custard used social media to advertise her services and defrauded the U.S. government and seven different state agencies.

    From March 2020 until March 2021, Custard conspired with others to submit false and fraudulent loan applications for financial assistance both personally and on behalf of others.

    At the time of the plea, Custard admitted to using her Facebook account to advertise her services to file fraudulent disaster relief applications. Her posts repeatedly described the scheme to her followers as “doing apps,” with the ability to obtain between $6,000 and $8,000 for an application within four to seven days of filing.

    Custard submitted or caused the submission of over 100 fraudulent Economic Injury Disaster Loan applications, at least 36 of which resulted in advance payments totaling $345,000.

    She also filed at least 30 fraudulent Federal Emergency Management Agency disaster benefit applications related to Hurricane Laura in August 2020 and Hurricane Sally in September 2020. At least 16 of those fraudulent applications resulted payouts totaling approximately $75,000.

    Additionally, Custard committed several other fraudulent acts like filing over 100 false unemployment insurance applications in Michigan, Illinois and several other states for her own and others’ benefits. At least 20 of those fraudulent applications resulted in payments totaling approximately $200,000.

    She was remanded into custody at sentencing.

    The Department of Homeland Security-Office of Inspector General (OIG), IRS Criminal Investigation, Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration, Social Security Administration-OIG, Small Business Administration-OIG and Department of Labor-OIG conducted the investigation.

    Assistant U.S. Attorney Karen M. Lansden prosecuted the case.

    MIL Security OSI –

  • MIL-OSI USA: Cassidy, Young, Colleagues Introduce Legislation to Increase Affordable Housing

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Louisiana Bill Cassidy
    WASHINGTON – U.S. Senators Bill Cassidy, M.D. (R-LA), Todd Young (R-IN), and colleagues introduced the Affordable Housing Credit Improvement Act to increase affordable housing for families and workers by expanding and strengthening the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit. The bill also helps build nearly 1.6 million new affordable homes over the next decade.
    “Doing something to help someone buy a home is consistent with President Trump’s goal of helping working families,” said Dr. Cassidy. “No one should be priced out of a roof over their heads.”
    “Affordable housing is needed in Indiana and across the country. The Affordable Housing Credit Improvement Act will leverage private sector investment to increase the stock of affordable housing in both urban and rural communities.  As a result, this will help to tackle the housing affordability crisis head-on to help Hoosier families, expand our workforce, and strengthen our communities,” said Senator Young.
    Cassidy and Young were joined by U.S. Senators Maria Cantwell (D-WA), Marsha Blackburn (R-TN), and Ron Wyden (D-OR) in introducing the legislation. It is endorsed by the ACTION Campaign and the Affordable Housing Tax Credit Coalition.
    “Ensuring access to affordable housing is a critical component in helping Tennessee continue to grow and prosper,” said Senator Blackburn. “The Affordable Housing Credit Improvement Act strengthens the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit, an important tool that helps to drive private sector investment in affordable housing for all Americans, including our nation’s veterans and seniors.”
    Background
    Currently, nearly one-in-four renters, over 11 million families, spend more than half of their household income on rent, cutting into other essential expenses like childcare, medication, groceries, and transportation. At the same time, over 600,000 Americans are experiencing homelessness on any given day, an increase over pre-COVID levels.
    The Housing Credit has built or restored more than 4 million affordable housing units, nearly 90 percent of all federally funded affordable housing since its creation. Roughly nine million American households have benefited from the credit, and the economic activity that it generated has supported 6.6 million jobs and spurred more than $746 billion in wages.
    More specifically, the Affordable Housing Credit Improvement Act would: 
    Increase the number of credits available to states by 50 percent for the next two years and make the temporary 12.5 percent increase secured in 2018 permanent, which has already helped build more than 59,000 additional affordable housing units nationwide.
    Stabilize financing for workforce housing projects built using private activity bonds by decreasing the amount of private activity bonds needed to secure Housing Credit funding. As a result, projects would have to carry less debt, and more projects would be eligible to receive funding.
    Improve the Housing Credit program to better serve veterans, victims of domestic violence, formerly homeless students, Native American communities, and rural Americans. 
    The Affordable Housing Credit Improvement Act was recently introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives by U.S. Representatives Darin LaHood (R-IL-16), Suzan DelBene (D-WA-01), Claudia Tenney (R-NY-24), Don Beyer (D-VA-08), Randy Feenstra (R-IA-04), and Jimmy Panetta (D-CA-19).

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI USA: Rep. Pfluger, Messmer Lead Push to Defund Universities Still Requiring the COVID-19 Vaccine

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congressman August Pfluger (TX-11)

    WASHINGTON, D.C. — As first reported in Fox News, Congressman August Pfluger (TX-11) and Congressman Mark Messmer (IN-08) introduced legislation to ensure that no federal dollars go to any university across the country that still requires its students or staff to receive a COVID-19 vaccine as a condition of enrollment of employment, or receiving any benefit, service, or contract.

    The No Vaccine Mandates in Higher Education Act will codify a key piece of one of President Trump’s February executive orders that restricted federal funding to public schools, including colleges and universities, that mandate COVID-19 vaccines for attendance. It is unacceptable that any university still requires the COVID-19 vaccine. Taxpayers’ hard-earned money should not go to higher education institutions that require the COVID-19 vaccine for attendance.

    “The COVID-19 pandemic opened Pandora’s box to a lengthy list of overreaching policies and mandates from the government, institutions, and companies alike. As we work to restore common sense and liberties back to the American people, I am proud to co-lead this legislation to ensure universities can no longer force their students to have the COVID-19 vaccine,” said Rep. Pfluger.

    “It is unbelievable that even today, two years after the COVID-19 emergency was officially declared dead and gone, there are still learning institutions across this country persecuting students and staff with unnecessary vaccine mandates,” said Rep. Messmer. “The No Vaccine Mandates in Higher Education Act assures the American people that Congress and President Trump recognize this continued injustice and will work together to restore the civil liberties and freedom from government overreach that all Americans richly deserve.”

    To read the full text of the legislation, click here.

    Background:

    During the COVID-19 pandemic, many higher education institutions implemented vaccine mandates for their students and staff. These mandates affect the individual liberties of students and teachers around the country.

    Many institutions announced the end of their vaccine requirement after President Joe Biden ended the COVID-19 national and public health emergency last May. These institutions have either removed COVID-19 information from their websites or haven’t updated the content in a couple of years. 

    Even with the COVID-19 pandemic behind us, there are still higher education institutions around the country that still have vaccine requirements for their students and teachers.

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI: Guggenheim Investments Announces May 2025 Closed-End Fund Distributions

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, May 01, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Guggenheim Investments today announced that certain closed-end funds have declared their distributions. The table below summarizes the distribution schedule for each closed-end fund (collectively, the “Funds” and each, a “Fund”).

    The following dates apply to the distributions:

    Record Date May 15, 2025

    Ex-Dividend Date May 15, 2025

    Payable Date May 30, 2025

    Distribution Schedule
    NYSE Ticker Closed-End Fund Name Distribution
    Per Share    		 Change from Previous Distribution Frequency
    AVK Advent Convertible and Income Fund $0.1172†   Monthly
    GBAB Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Bond & Investment Grade Debt Trust $0.12573†   Monthly
    GOF Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund $0.1821†   Monthly
    GUG Guggenheim Active Allocation Fund $0.11875†   Monthly


    †     A portion of this distribution is estimated to be a return of capital rather than income. Final determination of the character of distributions will be made at year-end. The Section 19(a) notice referenced below provides more information and can be found at www.guggenheiminvestments.com.

    You should not draw any conclusions about the Fund’s investment performance from the amount of this distribution or from the terms of the Fund’s Distribution Policy.

    Past performance is not indicative of future performance. As of this announcement, the sources of each fund distribution are estimates. Distributions may be paid from sources of income other than ordinary income, such as short-term capital gains, long-term capital gains or return of capital. Unless otherwise noted, the distributions above are not anticipated to include a return of capital. If a distribution consists of something other than ordinary income, a Section 19(a) notice detailing the anticipated source(s) of the distribution will be made available. The Section 19(a) notice will be posted to a Fund’s website and to the Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation so that brokers can distribute such notices to Shareholders of the Fund. Section 19(a) notices are provided for informational purposes only and not for tax reporting purposes. The final determination of the source and tax characteristics of all distributions will be made after the end of the year. This information is not legal or tax advice. Consult a professional regarding your specific legal or tax matters.

    About Guggenheim Investments

    Guggenheim Investments is the global asset management and investment advisory division of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim”), with more than $246 billion* in assets under management across fixed income, equity, and alternative strategies. We focus on the return and risk needs of insurance companies, corporate and public pension funds, sovereign wealth funds, endowments and foundations, consultants, wealth managers, and high-net-worth investors. Our 220+ investment professionals perform rigorous research to understand market trends and identify undervalued opportunities in areas that are often complex and underfollowed. This approach to investment management has enabled us to deliver innovative strategies providing diversification opportunities and attractive long-term results.

    Guggenheim Investments includes Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (“GFIA”), Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (“GPIM”) and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC (“GFD”). GFIA serves as Investment Adviser for GBAB, GOF and GUG. GPIM serves as Investment Sub-Adviser for GBAB, GOF and GUG. GFD serves as servicing agent for AVK. The Investment Adviser for AVK is Advent Capital Management, LLC and is not affiliated with Guggenheim.

    *Assets under management are as of 3.31.2025 and include leverage of $15.2bn. Guggenheim Investments represents the following affiliated investment management businesses of Guggenheim Partners, LLC: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, Security Investors, LLC, Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC, Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC, Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC, Guggenheim Wealth Solutions, LLC, Guggenheim Partners Europe Limited, Guggenheim Partners Japan Limited, GS GAMMA Advisors, LLC, and Guggenheim Private Investments, LLC.

    This information does not represent an offer to sell securities of the Funds and it is not soliciting an offer to buy securities of the Funds. There can be no assurance that the Funds will achieve their investment objectives. Investments in the Funds involve operating expenses and fees. The net asset value of the Funds will fluctuate with the value of the underlying securities. It is important to note that closed-end funds trade on their market value, not net asset value, and closed-end funds often trade at a discount to their net asset value. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. An investment in closed-end funds is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire amount that you invest. Some general risks and considerations associated with investing in a closed-end fund may include: Investment and Market Risk; Lower Grade Securities Risk; Equity Securities Risk; Foreign Securities Risk; Interest Rate Risk; Illiquidity Risk; Derivative Risk; Management Risk; Anti-Takeover Provisions; Market Disruption Risk and Leverage Risk. See www.guggenheiminvestments.com/cef for a detailed discussion of Fund-specific risks.

    Investors should consider the investment objectives and policies, risk considerations, charges and expenses of any investment before they invest. For this and more information, visit www.guggenheiminvestments.com or contact a securities representative or Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60606, 800-345-7999.

    Analyst Inquiries
    William T. Korver
    cefs@guggenheiminvestments.com

    Not FDIC-Insured | Not Bank-Guaranteed | May Lose Value
    Member FINRA/SIPC (05/25) 64740

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI USA: Senator Marshall, Rep. Tenney Introduce the No Subsidies for Gender Transition Procedures Act

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Kansas Roger Marshall

    Washington – U.S. Senator Roger Marshall, M.D. (R-Kansas) today introduced the No Subsidies for Gender Transition Procedures Act,a bill that would prohibit taxpayer funding for gender transition procedures covered by Medicaid, Medicare, the Children’s Health Insurance Program, and the Affordable Care Act. The bill also would deny the medical expense tax deduction for gender transition procedures. U.S. Representative Claudia Tenney (R-New York-24) introduced the House companion version of this bill.
    Due to the bill’s targeted approach toward altering the tax code and mandatory spending, Senator Marshall is advocating for this legislation to be included in the FY2025 budget reconciliation package. 
    “Americans overwhelmingly agree that hard-earned taxpayer dollars should not go toward paying for harmful gender transition procedures,” said Senator Marshall. “This legislation delivers on President Trump’s promise, eliminates taxpayer-funded transgender procedures on both minors and adults, and defends our nation’s values. As the reconciliation process continues, I urge my colleagues to support this commonsense legislation and ensure it is included in the One, Big, Beautiful Bill.” 
    “Taxpayers should never be forced to fund dangerous and irreversible gender transition surgeries. The No Subsidies for Gender Transition Procedures Act sets a sweeping precedent by applying to both adults and minors and applying to as many federal funding streams as possible,” said Representative Tenney. “This will ensure that regardless of the age of the individual looking to mutilate themself, the American taxpayer will not be forced to subsidize it. We are working to ensure that not a dime of federal funds can be used to pay for gender transition procedures.”
    This legislation is cosponsored by U.S. Senators Bill Cassidy (R-Louisiana), Mike Lee (R-Utah), and Pete Ricketts (R-Nebraska).
    “Americans don’t want tax dollars funding sex change operations for children,” said Dr. Cassidy. “Let’s use that money for real medical treatment, not to prop up gender ideology.”
    “Trans ideology is anti-science, anti-truth, and anti-child – our government cannot make American families complicit in these controversial medical procedures, especially against young and vulnerable people in our society,” said Senator Lee. “Our necessary legislation prevents taxpayer dollars from funding the gender transition regime through reimbursements, Medicare, Medicaid, and other avenues.”
    “American tax dollars should not fund gender reassignment surgery,” said Senator Ricketts. “This bill ends the misuse of tax dollars on these procedures. It also stops federal healthcare facilities from providing these procedures.”
    The legislation is supported by the American Principles Project.
    “Every year, the federal government subsidizes the transgender medical industry with our tax dollars, despite the vast majority of Americans opposing this horrific waste of taxpayer funding,” said Terry Schilling, President of American Principles Project. “The No Subsidies for Gender Transition Procedures Act would deal a serious blow to the woke trans agenda’s biological and fiscal insanity, and I am grateful for Senator Marshall’s leadership on this problem. It’s time for Congress to pass this important legislation.”
    Click HERE to read the full bill text.
    Background:

    By eliminating federal spending on transgender procedures, we can save American taxpayers $200 million.
    25 states and D.C. have Medicaid policies that explicitly cover transgender-related health care.
    Over 276,000 of the 1.3 million transgender adults are enrolled in Medicaid.
    In March of 2025, Senator Marshall introduced the End Taxpayer Funding of Gender Experimentation Act – similar legislation that prohibits the use of federal funding for gender transition procedures and bars federal healthcare facilities, physicians, and providers from providing such procedures.

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI: Quaint Oak Bancorp, Inc. Announces First Quarter Earnings

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Southampton, PA , May 01, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Quaint Oak Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) (OTCQB: QNTO), the holding company for Quaint Oak Bank (the “Bank”), announced today net loss for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 of $83,000, or $(0.03) per basic and diluted share, compared to net income of $873,000, or $0.36 per basic and diluted share, for the same period in 2024.

    Robert T. Strong, Chief Executive Officer stated, “First quarter results historically are not the best of our calendar year. Our first quarter results of this year certainly proved true with slightly less than a breakeven performance. The trends in the country’s real gross domestic product shrinkage of -0.3% in the first quarter 2025 from growth of 2.4% in the fourth quarter of 2024 is a testament to the reality we have experienced.”

    Mr. Strong added, “Uncertainty of the country’s direction in world trade and other domestic issues have had the effect of slowing commitments in the business sector. The housing market has failed to thrive so far this year, rendering our mortgage banking subsidiary to a relatively neutral production mode. Small Business loans both in the SBA category and our portfolio category are slow to close with business owners waiting to gauge the momentum of 2025.”

    Mr. Strong continued, “On a more positive note, the Bank’s pipeline for commercial loans, SBA loans and mortgage loans is relatively strong which would indicate that as the uncertainty in political direction is clarified, our prospects for loan closings should improve.”

    Mr. Strong commented, “We have been reporting weakness in the small business sector of our loan portfolio which still exists. Although both the non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans receivable, net and our non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets experienced a marginal increase over the previous quarter ended December 31, 2024, both have improved over the quarter ended March 31, 2024. Our Texas Ratio is 9.22% at the quarter ended March 31, 2025, down from 11.96% at the quarter ended March 31, 2024. Additionally, I am pleased to report that the Bank’s Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio improved to 13.92% at March 31, 2025 from 13.61% at March 31, 2024.”

    Mr. Strong concluded, “As always, our current and continued business strategy focuses on long-term profitability and maintaining healthy capital ratios both of which reflect our strong commitment to shareholder value.”

    Comparison of Quarter-over-Quarter Operating Results

    Net loss amounted to $83,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2025, a decrease of $956,000, or 109.5%, compared to net income of $873,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The decrease in net income on a comparative quarterly basis was primarily the result of a decrease in interest and dividend income of $2.2 million, an increase in non-interest expense of $419,000, and a decrease in net income from discontinued operations of $406,000, partially offset by a decrease in interest expense of $930,000, a decrease in the provision for credit losses of $695,000, a decrease in the net provision for income taxes from continuing operations of $262,000, and an increase in non-interest income of $178,000.

    The $2.2 million, or 18.1%, decrease in interest and dividend income was primarily due to a decrease in the average balance of loans receivable, net, which decreased $69.8 million from $658.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to $588.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and had the effect of decreasing interest income $1.2 million, a 35 basis point decrease in the average yield on loans receivable, net from 6.82% for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to 6.47% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, and had the effect of decreasing interest income $519,000, and a $31.1 million decrease in the average balance of due from banks – interest earning, which decreased from $68.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to $37.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, and had the effect of decreasing interest income $356,000.

    The $930,000, or 13.9%, decrease in interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025 over the comparable period in 2024 was driven by a $1.3 million, or 21.0%, decrease in interest expense on deposits, which was primarily attributable to reduced correspondent banking activity. Also contributing to the decrease in interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was a $237,000, or 97.9%, decrease in the interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank long-term borrowings due to a $23.3 million, or 92.8%, decrease in the average balance of Federal Home Loan Bank long-term borrowings which decreased from $25.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and a $32,000, or 6.6%, decrease in interest expense on subordinated debt. These decreases in interest expense were partially offset by a $479,000, or 100.0%, increase in the interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank short-term borrowings due to a $43.2 million, or 100.0%, increase in the average balance of Federal Home Loan Bank short-term borrowings which increased from none for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to $43.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, and a $116,000, or 100.0% increase in interest expense on senior debt. The average interest rate spread increased from 2.06% for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to 2.13% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 while the net interest margin decreased from 2.96% for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to 2.63% for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    The $695,000, or 61.2%, decrease in the provision for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2025 over the three months ended March 31, 2024 was primarily due to a decrease in loans receivable, net, partially offset by an increase in charge-offs during the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    The $178,000, or 11.3%, increase in non-interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 over the comparable period in 2024 was primarily attributable to a $279,000, or 996.4%, increase in gain on sale of SBA loans, a $121,000, or 12.9%, increase in net gain on sale of loans, and a $33,000, or 21.7%, increase in insurance commissions. These increases were partially offset by a $195,000, or 85.9%, decrease in other fees and service charges, a $60,000, or 29.1%, decrease in mortgage banking, equipment lending and title abstract fees, and a $4,000, or 100.0%, decrease in real estate sales commissions, net.

    The $419,000, or 8.2%, increase in non-interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025 over the comparable period in 2024 was primarily due to a $181,000, or 72.4%, increase in occupancy and equipment expense, a $139,000, or 52.9%, increase in data processing expense, an $82,000, or 58.2%, increase in professional fees, a $55,000, or 11.3%, increase in other expense, a $14,000, or 27.5%, increase in directors’ fees and expenses, and a $13,000, or 15.1%, increase in advertising expense. These increases were partially offset by a $52,000, or 30.1%, decrease in FDIC deposit insurance assessment, and a $13,000, or 0.4%, decrease in salaries and employee benefits expense.

    The provision for income tax from continuing operations decreased $262,000, or 99.2%, from $264,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to $2,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2025 due primarily to a decrease in pre-tax income.

    Comparison of Financial Condition

    The Company’s total assets at March 31, 2025 were $650.4 million, a decrease of $34.8 million, or 5.1%, from $685.2 million at December 31, 2024. This decrease in total assets was primarily due to a $14.1 million, or 22.4%, decrease in cash and cash equivalents, a $13.3 million, or 20.7%, decrease in loans held for sale, and an $8.3 million, or 1.6%, decrease in loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses. The largest decreases within the loan portfolio occurred in commercial real estate loans which decreased $9.6 million, or 3.2%, commercial business loans which decreased $8.9 million, or 7.8%, and one-to-four family non-owner occupied loans which decreased $946,000, or 2.8%. Partially offsetting these decreases were construction loans which increased $4.2 million, or 22.7%, one-to-four family owner occupied loans which increased $4.1 million, or 15.9%, and home equity loans which increased $2.8 million, or 49.3%. Also contributing to the decrease in assets was a $208,000, or 12.5%, decrease in investment securities available for sale, and a $40,000, or 2.5%, decrease in premises and equipment, net. Partially offsetting the decrease in total assets was a $686,000, or 31.0%, increase in investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost, a $301,000, or 3.9%, increase in prepaid expenses and other assets, a $227,000, or 5.7%, increase in accrued interest receivable, and a $30,000, or 0.7%, increase in bank-owned life insurance.

    Loans held for sale decreased $13.3 million, or 20.7%, from $64.3 million at December 31, 2024 to $50.9 million at March 31, 2025 as the Bank’s mortgage banking subsidiary, Quaint Oak Mortgage, LLC, originated $19.6 million of one-to-four family residential loans during the three months ended March 31, 2025 and sold $24.8 million of loans in the secondary market. The Bank’s commercial real estate subsidiary, Oakmont Commercial, LLC, originated $9.4 million of commercial real estate loans during the three months ended March 31, 2025 and sold $17.8 million of loans in the secondary market during this same period. Additionally, the Bank originated $4.9 million of SBA loans and sold $3.7 of loans in the secondary market in the same period.

    Total deposits decreased $45.7 million, or 8.3%, to $507.6 million at March 31, 2025 from $553.3 million at December 31, 2024. This decrease in deposits was primarily attributable to a decrease of $47.8 million, or 100.0%, in interest bearing checking accounts as the Company exited one of its correspondent banking relationships. Also contributing to the decrease in deposits was a decrease of $18.0 million, or 11.1%, in money market accounts, and a $62,000, or 12.6%, decrease in savings accounts. These decreases in deposits were partially offset by an increase of $19.0 million, or 6.7%, in certificates of deposit, and an increase of $1.1 million, or 1.9%, in non-interest bearing checking accounts.

    Total Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) borrowings increased $17.1 million, or 35.8%, to $65.0 million at March 31, 2025 from $47.9 million at December 31, 2024. During the period ended March 31, 2025, the Company borrowed $60.0 million of FHLB short-term borrowings, paid down $40.0 million of FHLB short-term borrowings, and paid down $2.9 million of FHLB long-term borrowings.

    Senior debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs, increased $9.5 million, or 100.0% from none at December 31, 2024 as the Company entered into a Senior Unsecured Note Purchase Agreement with certain institutional accredited investors pursuant to which the Company issued an aggregate of $9.75 million in aggregate principal amount of Fixed Rate Unsecured Senior Notes due March 1, 2028 (the “Notes”) in a private placement. The Company issued to an accredited individual investor an additional $250,000 in principal amount of the Notes as of March 4, 2025 for a total of $10.0 million in aggregate principal amount. The Notes bear interest at a fixed annual rate of 11.00%, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning September 1, 2025. The maturity date of the Notes is March 1, 2028.

    Subordinated debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs, decreased $14.0 million, or 63.6%, to $8.0 million at March 31, 2025 from $22.0 million at December 31, 2024 as the Company used the net proceeds from the sale of the Senior Debt Notes to repay a portion of the outstanding $14.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 8.5% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes upon their maturity on March 15, 2025.

    Total stockholders’ equity from continuing operations decreased $353,000, or 0.7%, to $52.3 million at March 31, 2025 from $52.6 million at December 31, 2024. Contributing to the decrease were dividends paid of $341,000, and net loss for the period ended March 31, 2025 of $83,000. The decrease in stockholders’ equity was partially offset by amortization of stock awards and options under our stock compensation plans of $61,000, the reissuance of treasury stock under the Bank’s 401(k) Plan of $9,000, and other comprehensive income, net of $1,000.

    Non-performing loans at March 31, 2025 totaled $5.9 million, or 1.13%, of total loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses, consisting of $5.4 million of loans on non-accrual status and $513,000 of loans 90-days or more delinquent. Non-accrual loans consist of one one-to-four family residential owner occupied loan, eight commercial real estate loans, and twelve commercial business loans. Included in the twelve commercial business loans is one pool of equipment loans. Loans 90-days or more past due include one one-to-four family residential owner occupied loan, one commercial real estate loan and two commercial business loans, all of which are still accruing. All non-performing loans are either well-collateralized or adequately reserved for. During the period ended March 31, 2025, seven commercial business loans totaling $419,000 that were previously on non-accrual were charged-off through the allowance for credit losses. Non-performing loans at December 31, 2024 totaled $5.7 million, or 1.07%, of total loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses, consisting of $3.9 million of loans on non-accrual status and $1.8 million of loans 90-days or more delinquent. Non-accrual loans consist of one commercial real estate loan, and ten commercial business loans. Included in the ten commercial business loans is one pool of equipment loans. Loans 90-days or more past due include one one-to-four family residential owner occupied loan and two commercial real estate loans, all of which are still accruing. All non-performing loans are either well-collateralized or adequately reserved for. During the year ended December 31, 2024, 19 commercial business loans totaling $1.6 million, and one construction loan of $187,000, that were previously on non-accrual were charged-off through the allowance for credit losses.

    Quaint Oak Bancorp, Inc., a Financial Services Company, is the parent company for the Quaint Oak Family of Companies. Quaint Oak Bank, a Pennsylvania-chartered stock savings bank and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is headquartered in Southampton, Pennsylvania and conducts business through three regional offices located in the Delaware Valley, Lehigh Valley and Philadelphia markets. Quaint Oak Bank’s subsidiary companies include Quaint Oak Abstract, LLC, Quaint Oak Insurance Agency, LLC, Quaint Oak Mortgage, LLC, and Oakmont Commercial, LLC, a specialty commercial real estate financing company. All companies are multi-state operations.

    Statements contained in this news release which are not historical facts may be forward-looking statements as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from those currently anticipated due to a number of factors. Factors which could result in material variations include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates which could affect net interest margins and net interest income, competitive factors which could affect net interest income and noninterest income, changes in demand for loans, deposits and other financial services in the Company’s market area; changes in asset quality, general economic conditions as well as other factors discussed in documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. The Company undertakes no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date on which such statements were made.

    In addition to factors previously disclosed in the reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission and those identified elsewhere in this press release, the following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements or historical performance: the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which the Company conducts its operations; general economic conditions; legislative and regulatory changes; monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government; changes in tax policies, rates and regulations of federal, state and local tax authorities including the effects of the Tax Reform Act; changes in interest rates, deposit flows, the cost of funds, demand for loan products and the demand for financial services, competition, changes in the quality or composition of the Company’s loan, investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolios; geographic concentration of the Company’s business; fluctuations in real estate values; the adequacy of loan loss reserves; the risk that goodwill and intangibles recorded in the Company’s financial statements will become impaired; changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines and other economic, competitive, governmental and technological factors affecting the Company’s operations, markets, products, services and fees.

    QUAINT OAK BANCORP, INC.
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (In Thousands)
          At March 31,       At December 31,  
          2025       2024  
          (Unaudited)       (Unaudited)  
    Assets                
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 48,859     $ 62,989  
    Investment in interest-earning time deposits     912       912  
    Investment securities available for sale at fair value     1,458       1,666  
    Loans held for sale     50,946       64,281  
    Loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses (2025: $6,388; 2024: $6,476)     526,374       534,693  
    Accrued interest receivable     4,188       3,961  
    Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost     2,900       2,214  
    Bank-owned life insurance     4,477       4,447  
    Premises and equipment, net     1,586       1,626  
    Goodwill     515       515  
    Other intangible, net of accumulated amortization     65       77  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     8,088       7,787  
    Total Assets   $ 650,368     $ 685,168  
                     
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                
    Liabilities                
    Deposits                
    Non-interest bearing   $ 60,928     $ 59,783  
    Interest-bearing     446,654       493,469  
    Total deposits     507,582       553,252  
    Federal Home Loan Bank short-term borrowings     65,000       45,000  
    Federal Home Loan Bank long-term borrowings     –       2,855  
    Subordinated debt     8,000       22,000  
    Senior debt     9,487       –  
    Accrued interest payable     773       937  
    Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance     2,044       3,122  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     5,218       5,385  
    Total Liabilities     598,104       632,551  
                     
    Total Stockholders’ Equity     52,264       52,617  
    Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity   $ 650,368     $ 685,168  
    QUAINT OAK BANCORP, INC.
    Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (In Thousands, except share data)
        For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024  
        (Unaudited)  
    Interest and Dividend Income                
    Interest on loans, including fees   $ 9,523     $ 11,232  
    Interest and dividends on time deposits, investment securities, interest-bearing deposits with others, and Federal Home Loan Bank stock     403       890  
    Total Interest and Dividend Income     9,926       12,122  
                     
    Interest Expense                
    Interest on deposits     4,729       5,986  
    Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank short-term borrowings     479       –  
    Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank long-term borrowings     5       242  
    Interest on Federal Reserve Bank short-term borrowings     1       –  
    Interest on subordinated debt     452       484  
    Interest on senior debt     116       –  
    Total Interest Expense     5,782       6,712  
    Net Interest Income     4,144       5,410  
    Provision for Credit Losses – Loans     326       1,084  
    Provision for Credit Losses – Unfunded Commitments     115       52  
    Net Interest Income after Provision for Credit Losses     3,703       4,274  
                     
    Non-Interest Income                
    Mortgage banking, equipment lending and title abstract fees     146       206  
    Real estate sales commissions, net     –       4  
    Insurance commissions     185       152  
    Other fees and services charges     32       227  
    Net loan servicing income     4       2  
    Income from bank-owned life insurance     30       28  
    Net gain on sale of loans     1,056       935  
    Gain on the sale of SBA loans     307       28  
    Total Non-Interest Income     1,760       1,582  
                     
    Non-Interest Expense                
    Salaries and employee benefits     3,650       3,663  
    Directors’ fees and expenses     65       51  
    Occupancy and equipment     431       250  
    Data processing     402       263  
    Professional fees     223       141  
    FDIC deposit insurance assessment     121       173  
    Advertising     99       86  
    Amortization of other intangible     12       12  
    Other     541       486  
    Total Non-Interest Expense     5,544       5,125  
    (Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes     (81 )     731  
    Income Taxes     2       264  
    Net (loss) income from continuing operations     (83 )     467  
    Income from discontinued operations     –       564  
    Income tax from discontinued operations     –       158  
    Net income from discontinued operations     –       406  
    Net (Loss) Income   $ (83 )   $ 873  
        Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024  
        (Unaudited)  
    Per Common Share Data:                
    Earnings per share from continuing operations – basic   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.20  
    Earnings per share from discontinued operations – basic   $ –     $ 0.16  
    Earnings per share, net – basic   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.36  
    Average shares outstanding – basic     2,626,967       2,450,814  
    Earnings per share from continuing operations – diluted   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.20  
    Earnings per share from discontinued operations – diluted   $ –     $ 0.16  
    Earnings per share, net – diluted   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.36  
    Average shares outstanding – diluted     2,626,967       2,450,814  
    Book value per share, end of period   $ 19.89     $ 20.84  
    Shares outstanding, end of period     2,627,397       2,407,048  
        Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024  
        (Unaudited)  
    Selected Operating Ratios:                
    Average yield on interest-earning assets     6.30 %     6.63 %
    Average rate on interest-bearing liabilities     4.17 %     4.57 %
    Average interest rate spread     2.13 %     2.06 %
    Net interest margin     2.63 %     2.96 %
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     113.59 %     124.57 %
    Efficiency ratio     70.40 %     73.29 %
                     
    Asset Quality Ratios (1):                
    Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans receivable, net     1.13 %     1.28 %
    Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets     0.91 %     1.00 %
    Allowance for credit losses as a percent of non-performing loans     107.45 %     97.24 %
    Allowance for credit losses as a percent of total loans receivable, net     1.20 %     1.23 %
    Texas Ratio (2)     9.22 %     11.96 %

      
    (1)  Asset quality ratios are end of period ratios.
    (2)  Total non-performing assets divided by tangible common equity plus the allowance for credit losses.

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: HOME FEDERAL BANCORP, INC. OF LOUISIANA REPORTS RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Shreveport, Louisiana, May 01, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana (the “Company”) (Nasdaq: HFBL), the holding company of Home Federal Bank, reported net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, of $748,000 compared to net income of $732,000 reported for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The Company’s basic and diluted earnings per share were $0.24 for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The Company reported net income of $2.7 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $3.0 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2024. The Company’s basic and diluted earnings per share were $0.88 for the nine months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $0.97 and $0.95, respectively, for the nine months ended March 31, 2024.

     The Company reported the following highlights during the nine months ended March 31, 2025:

      ●  Book value per share increased to $17.55 at March 31, 2025 from $16.80 at June 30, 2024.
      ●  There were no advances from the FHLB at March 31, 2025 or June 30, 2024.
      ●  Other borrowings totaled $4.0 million at March 31, 2025 compared to $7.0 million at June 30, 2024.

    The increase in net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to the same period in 2024, resulted primarily from an increase of $270,000, or 6.1%, in net interest income, an increase of $32,000, or 6.3%, in non-interest income, and a decrease of $5,000, or 45.5%, in the provision for credit losses, partially offset by an increase of $260,000, or 6.5%, in non-interest expense and an increase of $31,000, or 17.6%, in the provision for income taxes. The increase in net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to the same period in 2024, was primarily due to a decrease of $735,000, or 21.1%, in total interest expense, partially offset by a decrease of $465,000, or 5.9%, in total interest income. The Company’s average interest rate spread was 2.66% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 2.16% for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The Company’s net interest margin was 3.33% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 2.89% for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    The decrease in net income for the nine months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to the same period in 2024, resulted primarily from a decrease of $891,000, or 6.1%, in net interest income and an increase of $102,000, or 35.2%, in the provision for income taxes, partially offset by a decrease of $331,000, or 2.7%, in non-interest expense, an increase of $248,000, or 23.0%, in non-interest income, and an increase of $167,000 in the recovery of credit losses. The decrease in net interest income for the nine months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to the same period in 2024, was primarily due to a decrease of $1.2 million, or 5.1%, in total interest income, partially offset by a decrease of $329,000, or 3.5%, in total interest expense. The Company’s average interest rate spread was 2.44% for the nine months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 2.46% for the nine months ended March 31, 2024. The Company’s net interest margin was 3.14% for the nine months ended March 31, 2025, and the nine months ended March 31, 2024.

    The following tables set forth the Company’s average balances and average yields earned and rates paid on its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the periods indicated.

        For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024  
        Average
    Balance    		     Average
    Yield/Rate    		     Average
    Balance    		     Average
    Yield/Rate    		  
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Interest-earning assets:                                
    Loans receivable   $ 459,828       5.94 %   $ 504,918       5.80 %
    Investment securities     95,706       2.44       104,646       2.21 %
    Interest-earning deposits     14,513       3.05       3,607       3.79 %
    Total interest-earning assets   $ 570,047       5.28 %   $ 613,171       5.18 %
                                     
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                
    Savings accounts   $ 94,375       1.75 %   $ 69,178       0.62 %
    NOW accounts     69,562       1.15       68,170       0.58 %
    Money market accounts     75,882       2.01       89,313       2.60 %
    Certificates of deposit     182,721       3.76       222,534       4.36 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits     422,540       2.57       449,195       2.86 %
    Other bank borrowings     4,000       7.71       9,448       8.73 %
    FHLB advances     –       –       5,956       5.87 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   $ 426,540       2.62 %   $ 464,599       3.02 %
        For the Nine months ended March 31,  
        2025     2024  
        Average
    Balance    		     Average
    Yield/Rate    		     Average
    Balance    		     Average
    Yield/Rate    		  
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Interest-earning assets:                                
    Loans receivable   $ 460,972       5.90 %   $ 503,664       5.80 %
    Investment securities     96,395       2.24       109,255       2.38 %
    Interest-earning deposits     23,326       4.45       5,060       3.55  
    Total interest-earning assets   $ 580,693       5.24 %   $ 617,979       5.18 %
                                     
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                
    Savings accounts   $ 89,171       1.69 %   $ 73,676       0.46 %
    NOW accounts     71,022       1.17       67,145       0.47 %
    Money market accounts     76,828       2.20       98,021       2.44 %
    Certificates of deposit     191,936       4.04       209,985       4.05 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits     428,957       2.75       448,827       2.58 %
    Other bank borrowings     4,832       7.55       9,100       8.57 %
    FHLB advances     –       –       4,151       5.77 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   $ 433,789       2.80 %   $ 462,078       2.72 %

    The $32,000 increase in non-interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the prior year quarterly period, was primarily due to an increase of $27,000 in other non-interest income, an increase of $19,000 in service charges on deposit accounts, an increase of $11,000 in gain on sale of loans, and an increase of $1,000 in income on bank owned life insurance, partially offset by a decrease of $26,000 in gain on sale of securities. The $248,000 increase in non-interest income for the nine months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the prior year nine-month period was primarily due to a decrease of $149,000 in loss on sale of real estate, an increase of $115,000 in other non-interest income, an increase of $14,000 in service charges on deposit accounts, and an increase of $5,000 in income from bank owned life insurance, partially offset by an increase of $32,000 in loss on sale of securities, and a decrease of $3,000 in gain on sale of loans.

    The $260,000 increase in non-interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024, is primarily attributable to increases of $414,000 in data processing expense, $77,000 in occupancy and equipment expense, $67,000 in audit and examination fees, $49,000 in professional fees, $40,000 in other non-interest expense, $15,000 in loan and collection expense, and $12,000 in deposit insurance premium expense. The increases were partially offset by decreases of $317,000 in compensation and benefits expense, $55,000 in advertising expense, $33,000 in franchise and bank shares tax expense, and $9,000 in amortization of core deposit intangible expense. The $331,000 decrease in non-interest expense for the nine months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the same nine-month period in 2024, is primarily attributable to decreases of $470,000 in compensation and benefits expense, $184,000 in franchise and bank shares tax expense, $179,000 in advertising expense, $65,000 in other non-interest expense, $47,000 in professional fees, $42,000 in amortization of core deposit intangible expense, $22,000 in deposit insurance premium expense, and $19,000 in loan and collection expense. The decreases were partially offset by increases of $594,000 in data processing expense, $86,000 in occupancy and equipment expense, and $17,000 in audit and examination fees. The increase in data processing expense resulted from a billing discrepancy with our core processor, which had failed to issue invoices for certain services dating back to December 2022. Upon discovery of the issue, we negotiated a discounted settlement to resolve the outstanding invoices.

    Total assets decreased $17.9 million, or 2.8%, from $637.5 million at June 30, 2024 to $619.6 million at March 31, 2025. The decrease in assets was comprised of decreases in net loans receivable of $12.6 million, or 2.7%, from $470.9 million at June 30, 2024 to $458.3 million at March 31, 2025, cash and cash equivalents of $4.5 million, or 12.9%, from $34.9 million at June 30, 2024 to $30.4 million at March 31, 2025, premises and equipment of $736,000, or 4.0%, from $18.3 million at June 30, 2024 to $17.6 million at March 31, 2025, loans-held-for-sale of $734,000, or 42.4%, from $1.7 million at June 30, 2024 to $999,000 at March 31, 2025, core deposit intangible of $216,000, or 18.0%, from $1.2 million at June 30, 2024 to $983,000 at March 31, 2025, investment securities of $102,000, or 0.1%, from $96.0 million at June 30, 2024 to $95.9 million at March 31, 2025, and partially offset by increases in real estate owned of $482,000, or 115.3% from $418,000 at June 30, 2024 to $900,000 at March 31, 2025, deferred tax asset of $186,000, or 15.7%, from $1.2 million at June 30, 2024 to $1.4 million at March 31, 2025, other assets of $178,000, or 13.2%, from $1.3 million at June 30, 2024 to $1.5 million at March 31, 2025, bank owned life insurance of $87,000, or 1.3%, from $6.8 million at June 30, 2024 to $6.9 million at March 31, 2025, and accrued interest receivable of $27,000, or 1.5%, from $1.78 million at June 30, 2024 to $1.8 million at March 31, 2025.

    Total liabilities decreased $19.8 million, or 3.4%, from $584.7 million at June 30, 2024 to $564.9 million at March 31, 2025. The decrease in liabilities was comprised of decreases in total deposits of $17.2 million, or 3.0%, from $574.0 million at June 30, 2024 to $556.8 million at March 31, 2025, other borrowings of $3.0 million, or 42.9%, from $7.0 million at June 30, 2024 to $4.0 million at March 31, 2025, advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance of $137,000, or 26.3%, from $521,000 at June 30, 2024 to $384,000 at March 31, 2025, and partially offset by an increase in other accrued expenses and liabilities of $577,000, or 18.1%, from $3.2 million at June 30, 2024 to $3.8 million at March 31, 2025. The decrease in deposits resulted from decreases in certificates of deposit of $32.5 million, or 15.1%, from $214.9 million at June 30, 2024 to $182.4 million at March 31, 2025, money market deposits of $5.7 million, or 6.6%, from $85.5 million at June 30, 2024 to $79.9 million at March 31, 2025, and non-interest deposits of $535,000, or 0.4%, from $130.3 million at June 30, 2024 to $129.8 million at March 31, 2025, partially offset by increases in savings deposits of $19.3 million, or 25.2%, from $76.6 million at June 30, 2024 to $96.0 million at March 31, 2025, and NOW accounts of $2.1 million, or 3.1%, from $66.6 million at June 30, 2024 to $68.7 million at March 31, 2025. The Company had no balances in brokered deposits at March 31, 2025 or June 30, 2024.

    At March 31, 2025, the Company had $3.0 million of non-performing assets (defined as non-accruing loans, accruing loans 90 days or more past due, and other real estate owned) compared to $1.9 million of non-performing assets at June 30, 2024, consisting of six one-to-four family residential loans, six home equity loans, two commercial non-real estate loans, two commercial real-estate loans, and one consumer loan at March 31, 2025, compared to five one-to-four family residential loans, four home equity loans, three commercial non-real estate loans, and three single-family residences in other real estate owned at June 30, 2024. At March 31, 2025 the Company had nine one-to-four family residential loans, six home equity loans, five commercial non-real-estate loans, two commercial real-estate loans, and two consumer loans classified as substandard, compared to six one-to-four family residential loans, five commercial non-real-estate loans, four home equity loans and one consumer loan classified as substandard at June 30, 2024. There were no loans classified as doubtful at March 31, 2025 or June 30, 2024.

    Shareholders’ equity increased $1.9 million, or 3.6%, from $52.8 million at June 30, 2024 to $54.7 million at March 31, 2025. The increase in shareholders’ equity was comprised of net income for the nine-month period of $2.7 million, a decrease in the Company’s accumulated other comprehensive loss of $559,000, the vesting of restricted stock awards, stock options, and the release of employee stock ownership plan shares totaling $370,000, and proceeds from the issuance of common stock from the exercise of stock options of $19,000, partially offset by dividends paid totaling $1.2 million, and stock repurchases of $517,000.

    Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana is the holding company for Home Federal Bank which conducts business from its ten full-service banking offices and home office in northwest Louisiana.

    Statements contained in this news release which are not historical facts may be forward-looking statements as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They often include words like “believe”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, and “intend”, or future or conditional verbs such as “will”, “would”, “should”, “could”, or “may”. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

    In addition to factors previously disclosed in the reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission and those identified elsewhere in this press release, the following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements or historical performance: the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which the Company conducts its operations; general economic conditions; legislative and regulatory changes; monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government; changes in tax policies, rates and regulations of federal, state and local tax authorities including the effects of the Tax Reform Act; changes in interest rates, deposit flows, the cost of funds, demand for loan products and the demand for financial services, competition, changes in the quality or composition of the Company’s loans, investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolios; geographic concentration of the Company’s business; fluctuations in real estate values; the adequacy of loan loss reserves; the risk that goodwill and intangibles recorded in the Company’s financial statements will become impaired; changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines and other economic, competitive, governmental and technological factors affecting the Company’s operations, markets, products, services and fees.

    HOME FEDERAL BANCORP, INC. OF LOUISIANA
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (In thousands except share and per share data)    		  
                     
        March 31, 2025     June 30, 2024  
        (Unaudited)          
    ASSETS                
                     
    Cash and Cash Equivalents (Includes Interest-Bearing Deposits with Other Banks of $22,197 and $25,505 at March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024, Respectively)   $ 30,439     $ 34,948  
    Securities Available-for-Sale (amortized cost March 31, 2025: $34,751; June 30, 2024: $30,348, Respectively)     32,149       27,037  
    Securities Held-to-Maturity (fair value March 31, 2025: $52,428; June 30, 2024: $54,450, Respectively)     63,066       67,302  
    Other Securities     636       1,614  
    Loans Held-for-Sale     999       1,733  
    Loans Receivable, Net of Allowance for Credit Losses (March 31, 2025:  $4,632; June 30, 2024: $4,574, Respectively)     458,301       470,852  
    Accrued Interest Receivable     1,802       1,775  
    Premises and Equipment, Net     17,567       18,303  
    Bank Owned Life Insurance     6,897       6,810  
    Goodwill     2,990       2,990  
    Core Deposit Intangible     983       1,199  
    Deferred Tax Asset     1,367       1,181  
    Real Estate Owned     900       418  
    Other Assets     1,528       1,350  
                     
    Total Assets   $ 619,624     $ 637,512  
                     
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
                     
    LIABILITIES                
                     
    Deposits:                
    Non-interest bearing   $ 129,799     $ 130,334  
    Interest-bearing     426,964       443,673  
    Total Deposits     556,763       574,007  
    Advances from Borrowers for Taxes and Insurance     384       521  
    Other Borrowings     4,000       7,000  
    Other Accrued Expenses and Liabilities     3,758       3,181  
                     
    Total Liabilities     564,905       584,709  
                     
    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
                     
    Preferred Stock – $0.01 Par Value; 10,000,000 Shares Authorized: None Issued and Outstanding      –        –  
    Common Stock – $0.01 Par Value; 40,000,000 Shares Authorized: 3,118,764 and 3,142,168 Shares Issued and Outstanding at March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024, Respectively     32       32  
    Additional Paid-in Capital     42,055       41,739  
    Unearned ESOP Stock     (336 )     (408 )
    Retained Earnings     15,024       14,055  
    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss     (2,056 )     (2,615 )
                     
    Total Shareholders’ Equity     54,719       52,803  
                     
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 619,624     $ 637,512  
    HOME FEDERAL BANCORP, INC. OF LOUISIANA
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    (In thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)
        Three Months Ended     Nine months ended  
        March 31,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2025     2024  
    Interest income                                
    Loans, including fees   $ 6,740     $ 7,281     $ 20,426     $ 21,952  
    Investment securities     83       124       213       573  
    Mortgage-backed securities     493       451       1,406       1,384  
    Other interest-earning assets     109       34       779       135  
    Total interest income     7,425       7,890       22,824       24,044  
    Interest expense                                
    Deposits     2,675       3,194       8,851       8,688  
    Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings     –       87       –       180  
    Other bank borrowings     76       205       274       586  
    Total interest expense     2,751       3,486       9,125       9,454  
    Net interest income     4,674       4,404       13,699       14,590  
                                     
    Provision for (recovery of) credit losses     6       11       (172 )     (5 )
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses     4,668       4,393       13,871       14,595  
                                     
    Non-interest income                                
    Gain on sale of loans     80       69       181       184  
    Loss on sale of real estate     –       –       (266 )     (415 )
    Gain(Loss) on sale of securities     –       26       (6 )     26  
    Income on Bank-Owned Life Insurance     29       28       87       82  
    Service charges on deposit accounts     382       363       1,165       1,151  
    Other income     47       20       165       50  
    Total non-interest income     538       506       1,326       1,078  
                                     
                                     
    Non-interest expense                                
    Compensation and benefits     2,136       2,453       6,667       7,137  
    Occupancy and equipment     610       533       1,711       1,625  
    Data processing     553       139       1,107       513  
    Audit and examination fees     150       83       473       456  
    Franchise and bank shares tax     135       168       304       488  
    Advertising     22       77       123       302  
    Professional fees     145       96       396       443  
    Loan and collection     46       31       104       123  
    Amortization Core Deposit Intangible     70       79       216       258  
    Deposit insurance premium     102       90       267       289  
    Other expenses     282       242       729       794  
    Total non-interest expense     4,251       3,991       12,097       12,428  
    Income before income taxes     955       908       3,100       3,245  
    Provision for income tax expense     207       176       392       290  
                                     
    NET INCOME   $ 748     $ 732     $ 2,708     $ 2,955  
                                     
    EARNINGS PER SHARE                                
    Basic   $ 0.24     $ 0.24     $ 0.88     $ 0.97  
    Diluted   $ 0.24     $ 0.24     $ 0.88     $ 0.95  
        Three Months Ended     Nine months ended  
        March 31,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2025     2024  
                                     
    Selected Operating Ratios(1):                                
    Average interest rate spread     2.66 %     2.16 %     2.44 %     2.46 %
    Net interest margin     3.33 %     2.89 %     3.14 %     3.14 %
    Return on average assets     0.50 %     0.45 %     0.58 %     0.60 %
    Return on average equity     5.59 %     5.62 %     6.85 %     7.64 %
                                     
    Asset Quality Ratios(2):                                
    Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets     0.49 %     0.37 %     0.49 %     0.37 %
    Allowance for credit losses as a percent of non-performing loans     215.44 %     203.11 %     215.44 %     203.11 %
    Allowance for credit losses as a percent of total loans receivable     1.00 %     0.97 %     1.00 %     0.97 %
                                     
    Per Share Data:                                
    Shares outstanding at period end     3,118,764       3,145,236       3,118,764       3,145,236  
    Weighted average shares outstanding:                                
    Basic     3,061,928       3,047,335       3,062,511       3,039,907  
    Diluted     3,087,624       3,091,011       3,081,233       3,095,817  
    Book value per share at period end   $ 17.55     $ 16.71     $ 17.55     $ 16.71  
     ______________                                
    (1) Ratios for the three and nine month periods are annualized.                                
    (2) Asset quality ratios are end of period ratios.                                

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: iRhythm Technologies Announces First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SAN FRANCISCO, May 01, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (NASDAQ: IRTC), a leading digital health care company focused on creating trusted solutions that detect, predict, and prevent disease, today reported financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Highlights

    • Revenue of $158.7 million, a 20.3% increase compared to first quarter 2024
    • Gross margin of 68.8%, a 250-basis point increase compared to first quarter 2024
    • Unrestricted cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities of $520.6 million as of March 31, 2025
    • Increased fiscal year 2025 guidance for revenue and adjusted EBITDA margin

    Recent Operational Highlights

    • Strong quarterly revenue unit volume driven by momentum from innovative value-based care accounts as well as demand from Zio AT in the United States and record demand in the United Kingdom
    • Expanded global reach with commercial launch of Zio monitor in Japan, highlighting our continued commitment to bringing our innovative digital healthcare solutions to millions of people worldwide
    • As presented at ACC.25, two large real-world studies in over one million patients revealed that short-term, Holter-duration monitoring frequently misses actionable arrhythmias – 64% of daily-symptom patients with actionable arrhythmias went undetected in the first 48 hours – and that patient-reported symptoms are an unreliable predictor of arrhythmic events1,2
    • AVALON study recently presented at Heart Rhythm Society found that the Zio® long-term continuous monitor (LTCM) associated with higher adjusted odds of arrhythmia detection, fewer repeat tests, and reduced likelihood of cardiovascular events compared to other modalities and LTCM brands in the follow-up year3

    “The first quarter of 2025 demonstrated continued commercial momentum, with revenue growth exceeding 20% year-over-year, driven by upstream expansion in the patient care pathway and strength in our Zio AT business,” said Quentin Blackford, President and Chief Executive Officer of iRhythm. “We’ve seen increasing demand from recently opened accounts while also driving penetration within innovative, value-based care and risk-bearing entities. With our recent commercial launch in Japan, we are now actively driving physician and health system awareness of Zio in six markets outside the U.S., contributing to our milestone of 10 million patient reports posted since iRhythm’s inception. With strong execution across multiple growth levers and additional catalysts on the horizon, we are more excited than ever as we continue to enable the earlier diagnosis of cardiac arrhythmias, opening the potential to reduce costs and deliver meaningful value for patients, our customers, healthcare systems, and shareholders.”

    First Quarter Financial Results
    Revenue for the first quarter of 2025 was $158.7 million, up 20.3% from $131.9 million during the same period in 2024. The increase was driven by growth in demand for Zio services.

    Gross profit for the first quarter of 2025 was $109.2 million, up 24.8% from $87.5 million during the same period in 2024, while gross margin was 68.8%, up from 66.3% during the same period in 2024. The increase in gross profit was primarily due to increased volume of Zio services provided due to higher demand. The increase in gross margin was primarily due to volume leverage as well as operational efficiencies, partially offset by an increased blended cost per unit from a higher Zio AT product mix.

    Operating expenses for the first quarter of 2025 were $141.8 million, compared to $125.7 million for the same period in 2024. Adjusted operating expenses for the first quarter of 2025 were $140.4 million, compared to $125.7 million during the same period in 2024. The increase in adjusted operating expenses was primarily driven by funding of innovation and incremental costs to serve a growing volume of patients globally.

    Net loss for the first quarter of 2025 was $30.7 million, or a diluted loss of $0.97 per share, compared with net loss of $45.7 million, or a diluted loss of $1.47 per share, for the same period in 2024. Adjusted net loss for the first quarter of 2025 was $30.3 million, or a diluted loss of $0.95 per share, compared with an adjusted net loss of $38.1 million, or a diluted loss of $1.23 per share, for the same period in 2024. The decrease in net loss was primarily driven by our revenue growth and operating leverage achieved through implementation of efficiency initiatives.

    Unrestricted cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities were $520.6 million as of March 31, 2025.

    2025 Annual Guidance
    iRhythm projects revenue for the full year 2025 between $690 million to $700 million. Adjusted EBITDA margin for the full year 2025 is expected to range from approximately 7.5% to 8.5% of revenues.

    Webcast and Conference Call Information
    iRhythm’s management team will host a conference call today beginning at 1:30 p.m. PT/4:30 p.m. ET. Interested parties may access a live and archived webcast of the presentation on the “Events & Presentations” section of the company’s investor website at investors.irhythmtech.com.

    About iRhythm Technologies, Inc.
    iRhythm is a leading digital health care company that creates trusted solutions that detect, predict, and prevent disease. Combining wearable biosensors and cloud-based data analytics with powerful proprietary algorithms, iRhythm distills data from millions of heartbeats into clinically actionable information. Through a relentless focus on patient care, iRhythm’s vision is to deliver better data, better insights, and better health for all.

    Reclassifications
    Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications have no impact on previously reported results of operations or financial position.

    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    We refer to certain financial measures that are not recognized under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in this press release, including adjusted EBITDA, adjusted net loss, adjusted net loss per share and adjusted operating expenses. We use these non-GAAP financial measures for financial and operational decision-making and as a means to evaluate period-to-period comparisons. See the schedules attached to this press release for additional information and reconciliations of such non-GAAP financial measures. We have not reconciled our adjusted operating expenses and adjusted EBITDA margin estimates for full year 2025 because certain items that impact these figures are uncertain or out of our control and cannot be reasonably predicted. Accordingly, a reconciliation of adjusted operating expenses and adjusted EBITDA estimates is not available without unreasonable effort.

    Adjusted EBITDA excludes non-cash operating charges for stock-based compensation expense, changes in fair value of strategic investments, impairment and restructuring charges, business transformation costs, certain intellectual property litigation expenses and settlements, and loss on extinguishment of debt. Business transformation costs include costs associated with professional services, employee termination and relocation, third-party merger and acquisition, integration, and other costs to augment and restructure the organization, inclusive of both outsourced and offshore resources.

    Beginning in the first quarter of 2025, we have excluded third-party attorneys’ fees and expenses associated with patent litigation brought against the Company by Welch Allyn, Inc. and Bardy Diagnostics, Inc., subsidiaries of Baxter International, Inc. Factors we considered in arriving at this determination to exclude these patent litigation costs from our non-GAAP financial measures include frequency and complexity of the patent litigation, the counterparty involved, and the expected magnitude of patent litigation costs for this matter.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. An investor can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They use words such as ‘anticipate’, ‘estimate’, ‘expect’, ‘intend’, ‘will’, ‘project’, ‘plan’, ‘believe’, ‘target’ and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of future actions or operating or financial performance. In particular, these statements include statements regarding financial guidance, market opportunity, ability to penetrate the market, international market expansion, anticipated productivity and quality improvements, and expectations for growth. Such statements are based on current assumptions that involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual outcomes and results to differ materially. These risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, include risks described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in our filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including those on the Form 10-Q expected to be filed on or about May 1, 2025. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date hereof and should not be unduly relied upon. iRhythm disclaims any obligation to update these forward-looking statements.

    Investor Contact
    Stephanie Zhadkevich
    investors@irhythmtech.com

    Media Contact
    Kassandra Perry
    irhythm@highwirepr.com

    1. Battisti, T, Pinkerton, R, Fokin, V. et al. “Arrhythmias in patietns with daily vs non-daily symptoms undergoing long-term continuous patch ECG monitoring.” JACC. 2025 Apr, 85 (12_Supplement) 221.
    2. Battisti, T, Pinkerton, R, Fokin, V. et al.“Symptom-Rhythm Correlation Patterns in Patients Undergoing Ambulatory ECG Monitoring: Analysis of Over 1 Million Patients.” JACC. 2025 Apr, 85 (12_Supplement) 37.
    3. Russo, Pierantonio et al. “Assessment of Variation in AmbuLatory Cardiac MONitoring: Real-World Evidence of Commercially Insured Beneficiaries.” Heart Rhythm, Volume 22, Issue 4, S547.
    IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (In thousands, except par value)
    (unaudited)
     
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
    Assets      
    Current assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 375,278     $ 419,597  
    Marketable securities   145,311       115,956  
    Accounts receivable, net   80,639       79,941  
    Inventory   14,336       14,039  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   20,449       16,286  
    Total current assets   636,013       645,819  
    Property and equipment, net   130,850       125,092  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   46,171       47,564  
    Restricted cash   8,358       8,358  
    Goodwill   862       862  
    Long-term strategic investments   62,745       61,902  
    Other assets   41,099       41,852  
    Total assets $ 926,098     $ 931,449  
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity      
    Current liabilities:      
    Accounts payable $ 11,946     $ 7,221  
    Accrued liabilities   79,976       84,900  
    Deferred revenue   3,282       2,932  
    Operating lease liabilities, current portion   16,140       15,867  
    Total current liabilities   111,344       110,920  
    Long-term senior convertible notes   647,237       646,443  
    Other noncurrent liabilities   8,727       8,579  
    Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent portion   72,125       74,599  
    Total liabilities   839,433       840,541  
    Stockholders’ equity:      
    Preferred stock, $0.001 par value – 5,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024   —       —  
    Common stock, $0.001 par value – 100,000 shares authorized; 32,144 shares issued and 31,915 shares outstanding at March 31, 2025, respectively; 31,621 shares issued and 31,392 shares outstanding at December 31, 2024, respectively   32       31  
    Additional paid-in capital   901,085       874,607  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   143       165  
    Accumulated deficit   (789,595 )     (758,895 )
    Treasury stock, at cost; 229 shares at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024   (25,000 )     (25,000 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   86,665       90,908  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 926,098     $ 931,449  
                   
    IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (In thousands, except per share data)
    (unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended March 31,
          2025       2024  
    Revenue, net   $ 158,677     $ 131,929  
    Cost of revenue     49,461       44,413  
    Gross profit     109,216       87,516  
    Operating expenses:        
    Research and development     21,519       16,994  
    Acquired in-process research and development     296       —  
    Selling, general and administrative     119,957       108,660  
    Total operating expenses     141,772       125,654  
    Loss from operations     (32,556 )     (38,138 )
    Interest and other income (expense), net:        
    Interest income     4,919       3,057  
    Interest expense     (3,273 )     (2,860 )
    Loss on extinguishment of debt     —       (7,589 )
    Other income (expense), net     875       (105 )
    Total interest and other income (expense), net     2,521       (7,497 )
    Loss before income taxes     (30,035 )     (45,635 )
    Income tax provision     665       32  
    Net loss   $ (30,700 )   $ (45,667 )
    Net loss per common share, basic and diluted   $ (0.97 )   $ (1.47 )
    Weighted-average shares, basic and diluted     31,590       31,033  
                     
    IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Information
    (in thousands, except per share data)
    (unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended March 31,
          2025       2024  
    Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation*        
    Net loss, as reported1   $ (30,700 )   $ (45,667 )
    Interest expense     3,273       2,860  
    Interest income     (4,919 )     (3,057 )
    Changes in fair value of strategic investments     (843 )     —  
    Income tax provision     665       32  
    Depreciation and amortization     5,210       5,131  
    Stock-based compensation     23,344       20,991  
    Business transformation costs     503       —  
    Intellectual property litigation costs2     832       —  
    Loss on extinguishment of debt     —       7,589  
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ (2,635 )   $ (12,121 )
             
    Adjusted net loss reconciliation*        
    Net loss, as reported1   $ (30,700 )   $ (45,667 )
    Business transformation costs     503       —  
    Intellectual property litigation costs2     832       —  
    Changes in fair value of strategic investments     (843 )     —  
    Loss on extinguishment of debt     —       7,589  
    Tax effect of adjustments3     (91 )     —  
    Adjusted net loss   $ (30,299 )   $ (38,078 )
             
    Adjusted net loss per share reconciliation*        
    Net loss per share, as reported1   $ (0.97 )   $ (1.47 )
    Business transformation costs per share     0.02       —  
    Intellectual property litigation costs per share2     0.03       —  
    Changes in fair value of strategic investments per share     (0.03 )     —  
    Loss on extinguishment of debt per share     —       0.24  
    Tax effect of adjustments per share3     —       —  
    Adjusted net loss per share   $ (0.95 )   $ (1.23 )
    Weighted-average shares, basic and diluted     31,590       31,033  
             
    Adjusted operating expense reconciliation*        
    Operating expense, as reported   $ 141,772     $ 125,654  
    Business transformation costs     (503 )     —  
    Intellectual property litigation costs2     (832 )     —  
    Adjusted operating expense   $ 140,437     $ 125,654  
                     

    *Certain numbers expressed may not sum due to rounding.
    1 Net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2025 includes $0.3 million of acquired in-process research and development expense.
    2 Excludes third-party attorneys’ fees and expenses associated with patent litigation brought against the Company by Welch Allyn, Inc. and Bardy Diagnostics, Inc., subsidiaries of Baxter International, Inc.
    3 Income tax impact of Non-GAAP adjustments listed.

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Trupanion Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SEATTLE, May 01, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Trupanion, Inc. (Nasdaq: TRUP), a leading provider of medical insurance for cats and dogs, today announced financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    “Q1 was a strong start to the year, with performance ahead of plan across key metrics,” said Margi Tooth, Chief Executive Officer and President of Trupanion. “We saw early momentum in both retention and pet acquisition, and with expanded margins in our subscription business, we’re well-positioned to continue to invest in growth.”

    First Quarter 2025 Financial and Business Highlights

    • Total revenue was $342.0 million, an increase of 12% compared to the first quarter of 2024.
    • Total enrolled pets (including pets from our other business segment) was 1,667,637 at March 31, 2025, a decrease of 2% over March 31, 2024.
    • Subscription business revenue was $233.1 million, an increase of 16% compared to the first quarter of 2024.
    • Subscription enrolled pets was 1,052,845 at March 31, 2025, an increase of 5% over March 31, 2024.
    • Net loss was $(1.5) million, or $(0.03) per basic and diluted share, compared to a net loss of $(6.9) million, or $(0.16) per basic and diluted share, in the first quarter of 2024.
    • Adjusted EBITDA was $12.2 million, compared to adjusted EBITDA of $4.8 million in the first quarter of 2024.
    • Operating cash flow was $16.0 million and free cash flow was $14.0 million in the first quarter of 2025. This compared to operating cash flow of $2.4 million and free cash flow of $(0.6) million in the first quarter of 2024.
    • At March 31, 2025, the Company held $321.8 million in cash and short-term investments, including $48.8 million held outside the insurance entities, with an additional $15.0 million available under its credit facility.

    Conference Call
    Trupanion’s management will host a conference call today to review its first quarter 2025 results. The call is scheduled to begin shortly after 1:30 p.m. PT/ 4:30 p.m. ET. A live webcast will be accessible through the Investor Relations section of Trupanion’s website at https://investors.trupanion.com/ and will be archived online for 3 months upon completion of the conference call. Participants can access the conference call by dialing 1-866-250-8117 (United States) or 1-412-317-6011 (International). A telephonic replay of the call will also be available after the completion of the call, by dialing 1-844-512-2921 (United States) or 1-412-317-6671 (International) and entering the replay pin number: 10197710.

    About Trupanion
    Trupanion is a leader in medical insurance for cats and dogs throughout the United States, Canada, and certain countries in Continental Europe with over 1,000,000 pets currently enrolled. For over two decades, Trupanion has given pet owners peace of mind so they can focus on their pet’s recovery, not financial stress. Trupanion is committed to providing pet parents with the highest value in pet medical insurance with unlimited payouts for the life of their pets. With its patented process, Trupanion is the only North American provider with the technology to pay veterinarians directly in seconds at the time of checkout. Trupanion is listed on NASDAQ under the symbol “TRUP”. The company was founded in 2000 and is headquartered in Seattle, WA. Trupanion policies are issued, in the United States, by its wholly-owned insurance entity American Pet Insurance Company and, in Canada, by Accelerant Insurance Company of Canada. Trupanion Australia is a partnership between Trupanion and Hollard Insurance Company. Policies are sold and administered in Canada by Canada Pet Health Insurance Services, Inc. dba Trupanion 309-1277 Lynn Valley Road, North Vancouver, BC V7J 0A2 and in the United States by Trupanion Managers USA, Inc. (CA license No. 0G22803, NPN 9588590). Canada Pet Health Insurance Services, Inc. is a registered damage insurance agency and claims adjuster in Quebec #603927. Trupanion Australia is a partnership between Trupanion and Hollard Insurance Company. For more information, please visit trupanion.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 relating to, among other things, expectations, plans, prospects and financial results for Trupanion, including, but not limited to, its expectations regarding its ability to continue to grow its enrollments and revenue, and otherwise execute its business plan. These forward-looking statements are based upon the current expectations and beliefs of Trupanion’s management as of the date of this press release, and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements made in this press release are based on information available to Trupanion as of the date hereof, and Trupanion has no obligation to update these forward-looking statements.

    In particular, the following factors, among others, could cause results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements: the ability to achieve or maintain profitability and/or appropriate levels of cash flow in future periods; the ability to keep growing our membership base and revenue; the accuracy of assumptions used in determining appropriate member acquisition expenditures; the severity and frequency of claims; the ability to maintain high retention rates; the accuracy of assumptions used in pricing medical plan subscriptions and the ability to accurately estimate the impact of new products or offerings on claims frequency; actual claims expense exceeding estimates; regulatory and other constraints on the ability to institute, or the decision to otherwise delay, pricing modifications in response to changes in actual or estimated claims expense; the effectiveness and statutory or regulatory compliance of our Territory Partner model and of our Territory Partners, veterinarians and other third parties in recommending medical plan subscriptions to potential members; the ability to retain existing Territory Partners and increase the number of Territory Partners and active hospitals; compliance by us and those referring us members with laws and regulations that apply to our business, including the sale of a pet medical plan; the ability to maintain the security of our data; fluctuations in the Canadian currency exchange rate; the ability to protect our proprietary and member information; the ability to maintain our culture and team; the ability to maintain the requisite amount of risk-based capital; our ability to implement and maintain effective controls, including to remediate material weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting; the ability to protect and enforce Trupanion’s intellectual property rights; the ability to successfully implement our alliance with Aflac; the ability to continue key contractual relationships with third parties; third-party claims including litigation and regulatory actions; the ability to recognize benefits from investments in new solutions and enhancements to Trupanion’s technology platform and website; our ability to retain key personnel; and deliberations and determinations by the Trupanion board based on the future performance of the company or otherwise.

    For a detailed discussion of these and other cautionary statements, please refer to the risk factors discussed in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including but not limited to, Trupanion’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 and any subsequently filed reports on Forms 10-Q, 10-K and 8-K. All documents are available through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval system at https://www.sec.gov or the Investor Relations section of Trupanion’s website at https://investors.trupanion.com.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    Trupanion’s stated results may include certain non-GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures may not provide information that is directly comparable to that provided by other companies in its industry as other companies in its industry may calculate or use non-GAAP financial measures differently. In addition, there are limitations in using non-GAAP financial measures because the non-GAAP financial measures are not prepared in accordance with GAAP, may be different from non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies and exclude expenses that may have a material impact on Trupanion’s reported financial results. The presentation and utilization of non-GAAP financial measures is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the directly comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Trupanion urges its investors to review the reconciliation of its non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures in its consolidated financial statements, and not to rely on any single financial or operating measure to evaluate its business. These reconciliations are included below and on Trupanion’s Investor Relations website.

    Because of varying available valuation methodologies, subjective assumptions and the variety of equity instruments that can impact a company’s non-cash expenses, Trupanion believes that providing various non-GAAP financial measures that exclude stock-based compensation expense and depreciation and amortization expense allows for more meaningful comparisons between its operating results from period to period. Trupanion offsets new pet acquisition expense with sign-up fee revenue in the calculation of net acquisition cost because it collects sign-up fee revenue from new members at the time of enrollment and considers it to be an offset to a portion of Trupanion’s new pet acquisition expense. Trupanion believes this allows it to calculate and present financial measures in a consistent manner across periods. Trupanion’s management believes that the non-GAAP financial measures and the related financial measures derived from them are important tools for financial and operational decision-making and for evaluating operating results over different periods of time.

    Trupanion, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (in thousands, except share data)
        Three Months Ended March 31,
          2025       2024  
      (unaudited)
    Revenue:        
    Subscription business   $ 233,064     $ 201,134  
    Other business     108,911       104,987  
    Total revenue     341,975       306,121  
    Cost of revenue:        
    Subscription business     189,845       172,132  
    Other business     101,027       97,762  
    Total cost of revenue(1),(2)     290,872       269,894  
    Operating expenses:        
    Technology and development(1)     8,072       6,960  
    General and administrative(1)     19,892       14,673  
    New pet acquisition expense(1)     20,516       16,843  
    Depreciation and amortization     3,791       3,785  
    Total operating expenses     52,271       42,261  
    Loss from investment in joint venture     (305 )     (103 )
    Operating loss     (1,473 )     (6,137 )
    Interest expense     3,211       3,596  
    Other (income), net     (3,240 )     (2,843 )
    Loss before income taxes     (1,444 )     (6,890 )
    Income tax (benefit) expense     39       (38 )
    Net loss   $ (1,483 )   $ (6,852 )
             
    Net loss per share:        
    Basic and diluted   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.16 )
    Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding:        
    Basic and diluted     42,775,955       41,917,094  
             
    (1)Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
        Three Months Ended March 31,
          2025       2024  
    Cost of revenue   $ 1,259     $ 1,390  
    Technology and development     1,151       1,254  
    General and administrative     4,528       3,449  
    New pet acquisition expense     2,892       2,059  
    Total stock-based compensation expense   $ 9,830     $ 8,152  
             
    (2)The breakout of cost of revenue between veterinary invoice expense and other cost of revenue is as follows:
        Three Months Ended March 31,
          2025       2024  
    Veterinary invoice expense   $ 247,450     $ 233,569  
    Other cost of revenue     43,422       36,325  
    Total cost of revenue   $ 290,872     $ 269,894  
    Trupanion, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (in thousands, except share data)
      March 31,
    2025    		   December 31,
    2024
      (unaudited)    
    Assets      
    Current assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 166,308     $ 160,295  
    Short-term investments   155,508       147,089  
    Accounts and other receivables, net of allowance for credit losses of $1,046 at March 31, 2025 and $1,117 at December 31, 2024   290,104       274,031  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   16,417       15,912  
    Total current assets   628,337       597,327  
    Restricted cash   39,702       39,235  
    Long-term investments   376       373  
    Property, equipment and internal-use software, net   101,938       102,191  
    Intangible assets, net   12,130       13,177  
    Other long-term assets   16,356       17,579  
    Goodwill   38,323       36,971  
    Total assets $ 837,162     $ 806,853  
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity      
    Current liabilities:      
    Accounts payable $ 9,681     $ 11,532  
    Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities   36,907       33,469  
    Reserve for veterinary invoices   54,042       51,635  
    Deferred revenue   267,357       251,640  
    Long-term debt – current portion   1,350       1,350  
    Total current liabilities   369,337       349,626  
    Long-term debt   127,526       127,537  
    Deferred tax liabilities   1,884       1,946  
    Other liabilities   4,742       4,476  
    Total liabilities   503,489       483,585  
    Stockholders’ equity:      
    Common stock: $0.00001 par value per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 43,804,141 and 42,775,955 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025; 43,516,631 and 42,488,445 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024   —       —  
    Preferred stock: $0.00001 par value per share, 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding   —       —  
    Additional paid-in capital   578,293       568,302  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (715 )     (2,612 )
    Accumulated deficit   (227,371 )     (225,888 )
    Treasury stock, at cost: 1,028,186 shares at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024   (16,534 )     (16,534 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   333,673       323,268  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 837,162     $ 806,853  
    Trupanion, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (in thousands)
      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024  
      (unaudited)
    Operating activities      
    Net loss $ (1,483 )   $ (6,852 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash provided by operating activities:      
    Depreciation and amortization   3,791       3,785  
    Stock-based compensation expense   9,830       8,152  
    Other, net   349       (202 )
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:      
    Accounts and other receivables   (15,965 )     (10,718 )
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   (204 )     287  
    Accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and other liabilities   1,527       (5,131 )
    Reserve for veterinary invoices   2,407       (885 )
    Deferred revenue   15,712       13,998  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   15,964       2,434  
    Investing activities      
    Purchases of investment securities   (40,875 )     (19,193 )
    Maturities and sales of investment securities   33,242       19,005  
    Purchases of property, equipment, and internal-use software   (1,928 )     (3,065 )
    Other   588       516  
    Net cash used in investing activities   (8,973 )     (2,737 )
    Financing activities      
    Repayment of debt financing   (338 )     (338 )
    Proceeds from exercise of stock options   1,024       372  
    Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding   (915 )     (245 )
    Other   (230 )     (75 )
    Net cash used in financing activities   (459 )     (286 )
    Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, net   (52 )     (313 )
    Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash   6,480       (902 )
    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period   199,530       170,464  
    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period $ 206,010     $ 169,562  
    The following tables set forth our key operating metrics.
                                   
      Three Months Ended March 31,                        
        2025       2024                          
    Total Business:                              
    Total pets enrolled (at period end)   1,667,637       1,708,017                          
    Subscription Business:                              
    Total subscription pets enrolled (at period end)   1,052,845       1,006,168                          
    Monthly average revenue per pet $ 77.53     $ 69.79                          
    Average pet acquisition cost (PAC) $ 267     $ 207                          
    Average monthly retention   98.28 %     98.41 %                        
                                   
                                   
      Three Months Ended
      Mar. 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   Sep. 30, 2024   Jun. 30, 2024   Mar. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023   Sep. 30, 2023   Jun. 30, 2023
    Total Business:                              
    Total pets enrolled (at period end)   1,667,637       1,677,570       1,688,903       1,699,643       1,708,017       1,714,473       1,712,177       1,679,659  
    Subscription Business:                              
    Total subscription pets enrolled (at period end)   1,052,845       1,041,212       1,032,042       1,020,934       1,006,168       991,426       969,322       943,958  
    Monthly average revenue per pet $ 77.53     $ 76.02     $ 74.27     $ 71.72     $ 69.79     $ 67.07     $ 65.82     $ 64.41  
    Average pet acquisition cost (PAC) $ 267     $ 261     $ 243     $ 231     $ 207     $ 217     $ 212     $ 236  
    Average monthly retention   98.28 %     98.25 %     98.29 %     98.34 %     98.41 %     98.49 %     98.55 %     98.61 %
    The following table reflects the reconciliation of cash provided by operating activities to free cash flow (in thousands):
           
      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024  
    Net cash provided by operating activities $ 15,964     $ 2,434  
    Purchases of property, equipment, and internal-use software   (1,928 )     (3,065 )
    Free cash flow $ 14,036     $ (631 )
    The following tables reflect the reconciliation between GAAP and non-GAAP measures (in thousands except percentages):
      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2024       2023  
    Veterinary invoice expense $ 247,450     $ 233,569  
    Less:      
    Stock-based compensation expense(1)   (763 )     (862 )
    Other business cost of paying veterinary invoices(3)   (79,269 )     (81,213 )
    Subscription cost of paying veterinary invoices (non-GAAP) $ 167,418     $ 151,494  
    % of subscription revenue   71.8 %     75.3 %
           
    Other cost of revenue $ 43,422     $ 36,325  
    Less:      
    Stock-based compensation expense(1)   (482 )     (420 )
    Other business variable expenses(3)   (21,736 )     (16,498 )
    Subscription variable expenses (non-GAAP) $ 21,204     $ 19,407  
    % of subscription revenue   9.1 %     9.6 %
           
    Technology and development expense $ 8,072     $ 6,960  
    General and administrative expense   19,892       14,673  
    Less:      
    Stock-based compensation expense(1)   (5,396 )     (4,258 )
    Development expenses(2)   (1,406 )     (1,178 )
    Fixed expenses (non-GAAP) $ 21,162     $ 16,197  
    % of total revenue   6.2 %     5.3 %
           
    New pet acquisition expense $ 20,516     $ 16,843  
    Less:      
    Stock-based compensation expense(1)   (2,873 )     (1,857 )
    Other business pet acquisition expense(3)   (3 )     (13 )
    Subscription acquisition cost (non-GAAP) $ 17,640     $ 14,973  
    % of subscription revenue   7.6 %     7.4 %
           
    (1) Trupanion employees may elect to take restricted stock units in lieu of cash payment for their bonuses. We account for such expense as stock-based compensation according to GAAP, but we do not include it in any non-GAAP adjustments. Stock-based compensation associated with bonuses was approximately $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025.
    (2) Consists of costs related to product exploration and development that are pre-revenue and historically have been insignificant.
    (3) Excluding the portion of stock-based compensation expense attributable to the other business segment.
    The following tables reflect the reconciliation of GAAP measures to non-GAAP measures (in thousands, except percentages):
      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024  
    Operating Loss $ (1,473 )   $ (6,138 )
    Non-GAAP expense adjustments      
    Acquisition cost   17,643       14,985  
    Stock-based compensation expense(1)   9,514       7,397  
    Development expenses(2)   1,406       1,179  
    Depreciation and amortization   3,791       3,785  
    Gain (loss) from investment in joint venture   (305 )     (103 )
    Total adjusted operating income (non-GAAP) $ 31,186     $ 21,312  
           
    Subscription Business:      
    Subscription operating income (loss) $ 1,065     $ (4,525 )
    Non-GAAP expense adjustments      
    Acquisition cost   17,640       14,973  
    Stock-based compensation expense(1)   7,772       5,882  
    Development expenses(2)   958       774  
    Depreciation and amortization   2,584       2,487  
    Subscription adjusted operating income (non-GAAP) $ 30,019     $ 19,591  
           
    Other Business:      
    Other business operating loss $ (2,233 )   $ (1,510 )
    Non-GAAP expense adjustments      
    Acquisition cost   3       12  
    Stock-based compensation expense(1)   1,742       1,516  
    Development expenses(2)   448       404  
    Depreciation and amortization   1,207       1,298  
    Other business adjusted operating income (non-GAAP) $ 1,167     $ 1,720  
           
    (1) Trupanion employees may elect to take restricted stock units in lieu of cash payment for their bonuses. We account for such expense as stock-based compensation in accordance with GAAP, but we do not include it in any non-GAAP adjustments. Stock-based compensation associated with bonuses was approximately $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025.
    (2) Consists of costs related to product exploration and development that are pre-revenue and historically have been insignificant.
    The following tables reflect the reconciliation of GAAP measures to non-GAAP measures (in thousands, except percentages):
                   
      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024  
    Subscription revenue $ 233,064     $ 201,134  
    Subscription cost of paying veterinary invoices   167,418       151,493  
    Subscription variable expenses   21,204       19,407  
    Subscription fixed expenses*   14,423       10,642  
    Subscription adjusted operating income (non-GAAP) $ 30,019     $ 19,591  
    Other business revenue   108,911       104,987  
    Other business cost of paying veterinary invoices   79,269       81,213  
    Other business variable expenses   21,736       16,498  
    Other business fixed expenses*   6,739       5,555  
    Other business adjusted operating income (non-GAAP) $ 1,167     $ 1,721  
    Revenue   341,975       306,121  
    Cost of paying veterinary invoices   246,687       232,707  
    Variable expenses   42,940       35,905  
    Fixed expenses*   21,162       16,197  
    Total business adjusted operating income (non-GAAP) $ 31,186     $ 21,312  
           
    As a percentage of revenue: Three Months Ended March 31,
        2024       2023  
    Subscription revenue   100.0 %     100.0 %
    Subscription cost of paying veterinary invoices   71.8 %     75.3 %
    Subscription variable expenses   9.1 %     9.6 %
    Subscription fixed expenses*   6.2 %     5.3 %
    Subscription adjusted operating income (non-GAAP)   12.9 %     9.7 %
           
    Other business revenue   100.0 %     100.0 %
    Other business cost of paying veterinary invoices   72.8 %     77.4 %
    Other business variable expenses   20.0 %     15.7 %
    Other business fixed expenses*   6.2 %     5.3 %
    Other business adjusted operating income (non-GAAP)   1.1 %     1.6 %
           
    Revenue   100.0 %     100.0 %
    Cost of paying veterinary invoices   72.1 %     76.0 %
    Variable expenses   12.6 %     11.7 %
    Fixed expenses*   6.2 %     5.3 %
    Total business adjusted operating income (non-GAAP)   9.1 %     7.0 %
           
    *Fixed expenses represent shared services that support both our subscription and other business segments and, as such, are generally allocated to each segment pro-rata based on revenues.

    Adjusted operating income is a non-GAAP financial measure that adjusts operating income (loss) to remove the effect of acquisition cost, development expenses, non-recurring transaction or restructuring expenses, and gain (loss) from investment in joint venture. Non-cash items, such as stock-based compensation expense and depreciation and amortization, are also excluded. Acquisition cost, development expenses, gain (loss) from investment in joint venture, stock-based compensation expense, and depreciation and amortization are expected to remain recurring expenses for the foreseeable future, but are excluded from this metric to measure scale in other areas of the business. Management believes acquisition costs primarily represent the cost to acquire new subscribers and are driven by the amount of growth we choose to pursue based primarily on the amount of our adjusted operating income period over period. Accordingly, this measure is not indicative of our core operating income performance. We also exclude development expenses, gain (loss) from investment in joint venture, stock-based compensation expense, and depreciation and amortization because some investors may not view those items as reflective of our core operating income performance.

    Management uses adjusted operating income and the margin on adjusted operating income to understand the effects of scale in its non-acquisition cost and development expenses and to plan future advertising expenditures, which are designed to acquire new pets. Management uses this measure as a principal way of understanding the operating performance of its business exclusive of acquisition cost and new product exploration and development initiatives. Management believes disclosure of this metric provides investors with the same data that the Company employs in assessing its overall operations and that disclosure of this measure may provide useful information regarding the efficiency of our utilization of revenues, return on advertising dollars in the form of new subscribers and future use of available cash to support the continued growth of our business.

    The following tables reflect the reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss (in thousands):
                                   
      Three Months Ended March 31,                        
        2025       2024                          
    Net loss $ (1,483 )   $ (6,852 )                        
    Excluding:                              
    Stock-based compensation expense   9,514       7,398                          
    Depreciation and amortization expense   3,791       3,785                          
    Interest income   (2,835 )     (3,045 )                        
    Interest expense   3,211       3,596                          
    Income tax expense (benefit)   39       (38 )                        
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 12,237     $ 4,844                          
                                   
      Three Months Ended
      Mar. 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   Sep. 30, 2024   Jun. 30, 2024   Mar. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023   Sep. 30, 2023   Jun. 30, 2023
    Net (loss) income $ (1,483 )   $ 1,656     $ 1,425     $ (5,862 )   $ (6,852 )   $ (2,163 )   $ (4,036 )   $ (13,714 )
    Excluding:                              
    Stock-based compensation expense   9,514       8,036       8,127       8,381       7,398       6,636       6,585       6,503  
    Depreciation and amortization expense   3,791       3,924       4,381       4,376       3,785       3,029       2,990       3,253  
    Interest income   (2,835 )     (2,999 )     (3,232 )     (3,135 )     (3,045 )     (2,842 )     (2,389 )     (2,051 )
    Interest expense   3,211       3,427       3,820       3,655       3,596       3,697       3,053       2,940  
    Income tax expense (benefit)   39       38       39       (44 )     (38 )     130       (43 )     (238 )
    Goodwill impairment charges   —       5,299       —       —       —       —       —       —  
    Non-recurring transaction or restructuring expenses   —       —       —       —       —       —       8       65  
    (Gain) loss from equity method investment   —       —       (33 )     —       —       —       (110 )     —  
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 12,237     $ 19,381     $ 14,527     $ 7,371     $ 4,844     $ 8,487     $ 6,058     $ (3,242 )
     

    Contacts:

    Investors:
    Laura Bainbridge, Senior Vice President, Corporate Communications
    Gil Melchior, Director, Investor Relations
    Investor.Relations@trupanion.com

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/af9a2ab5-2802-4ca8-8a90-199e1c54b91a

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Trisura Group Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, May 01, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Trisura Group Ltd. (“Trisura” or “Trisura Group”) (TSX: TSU), a leading specialty insurance provider, today announced financial results for the first quarter of 2025.

    David Clare, President and CEO of Trisura, stated,

    “In Q1 Trisura reported a strong Operating ROE of 18.4% driven by Operating net income of $34.2 million or $0.70 per share. Growth, profitable underwriting, and higher Net investment income demonstrates consistent execution of our strategy.

    Profitable underwriting resulted in a quarterly Combined ratio of 82.7%, alongside strong growth of 28.1% in our Primary lines. We continued expanding US Surety, reaching 33 state licenses in our Treasury-listed entity while broadening rate filings and building relationships with key distribution partners.

    Growth and strong earnings lifted book value to a new record of $820 million, with a conservative 10.7% debt-to-capital underscoring flexibility and capacity for growth.”

    Highlights

    • Operating ROE(1) of 18.4% was strong, reflecting profitability from core operations, while ROE(1) was 15.0% in the quarter.
    • BVPS(2) of $17.16 increased 23.5% over Q1 2024 demonstrating consistent expansion in book value.
    • Operating net income(3) was $34.2 million in the quarter, which increased over the prior year as a result of growth in the business. Net income of $29.0 million was lower than Q1 2024 primarily as a result of higher Net gains on the investment portfolio in Q1 2024 and the impact of movements in the yield curve in the quarter.
    • Operating EPS(1) of $0.70 in the quarter increased by 2.9% demonstrating the strength of core operations(4) through continued growth and profitability. EPS of $0.60 in the quarter decreased from Q1 2024 primarily as a result of higher Net gains on the investment portfolio in Q1 2024 and the impact of movements in the yield curve in the quarter.
    • Combined ratio(1) for the quarter was 82.7%, reflecting a strong underwriting performance across the portfolio.
    • GPW(2) of $711.7 million, decreased by 1.6% compared to Q1 2024, primarily as a result of non-renewed programs in US Programs during 2024, offset by growth in our Primary lines(5). Trisura’s Primary lines grew by 28.1% in the quarter, which are the lines of business that contribute most meaningfully to Underwriting income(3).
    • Net investment income growth of 8.6% in the quarter was driven by a larger investment portfolio.
      Q1 2025 Q1 2024 $ variance % variance
    GPW 711,671   723,130   (11,458 ) (1.6% )
    Net insurance revenue(3) 172,711   153,054   19,657   12.8%  
             
    Underwriting income 29,862   29,359   503   1.7%  
    Net investment income 18,197   16,753   1,444   8.6%  
             
    Operating net income 34,170   33,188   982   3.0%  
    Net income 28,990   36,433   (7,443 ) (20.4% )
             
    Loss ratio(1) 31.5%   31.6%   n/a (0.1pts)
    Expense ratio(1) 51.2%   49.2%   n/a 2.0pts
    Combined ratio 82.7%   80.8%   n/a 1.9pts
             
    OEPS – diluted – in dollars 0.70   0.68   0.02   2.9%  
    EPS – diluted – in dollars 0.60   0.75   (0.15 ) (20.0% )
    BVPS – in dollars 17.16   13.89   3.27   23.5%  
    Debt-to-capital ratio(2) 10.7%   10.2%   n/a 0.5pts
    Operating ROE 18.4%   20.0%   n/a (1.6pts)
    ROE 15.0%   15.3%   n/a (0.3pts)

    Insurance Operations

    • Net insurance revenue of $172.7 million, increased by 12.8% compared to Q1 2024, reflecting growth in the business, driven by growth in our Primary Lines.
    • Underwriting income of $29.9 million, increased by 1.7% compared to Q1 2024 due to growth in the business and foreign exchange movement, offset by a higher Combined ratio.
    • The consolidated Combined ratio was 82.7% for the quarter reflecting a higher Loss ratio at Trisura Specialty offset by a shift in the business mix to Trisura Specialty which typically has a higher Expense ratio but a lower Loss ratio.

    Investments

    • Net investment income rose 8.6% in the quarter compared to Q1 2024. The portfolio benefited from growth in the business.

    Capital

    • The Minimum Capital Test ratio(6) of our regulated Canadian subsidiary was 273% as at March 31, 2025 (276% as at December 31, 2024), which comfortably exceeded regulatory requirements(7) of 150%.
    • As at December 31, 2024, the Risk-Based Capital(8) of the regulated US insurance companies were in excess of the various company action levels of the states in which they are licensed.
    • Consolidated debt-to-capital ratio of 10.7% as at March 31, 2025 is below our long-term target of 20.0%.

    Earnings Conference Call

    Trisura will host its First Quarter Earnings Conference Call to review financial results at 9:00a.m. ET on Friday, May 2nd, 2025.

    To listen to the call via live audio webcast, please follow the link below:

    https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/tzhsg4ir

    A replay of the call will be available through the link above.

    About Trisura Group

    Trisura Group Ltd. is a specialty insurance provider operating in the Surety, Warranty, Corporate Insurance, Program and Fronting business lines of the market. Trisura has investments in wholly owned subsidiaries through which it conducts insurance operations. Those operations are primarily in Canada and the United States. Trisura Group Ltd. is listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol “TSU”.

    Further information is available at http://www.trisura.com. Important information may be disseminated exclusively via the website. Investors should consult the site to access this information. Details regarding the operations of Trisura Group Ltd. are also set forth in regulatory filings. A copy of the filings may be obtained on Trisura Group’s SEDAR+ profile at www.sedarplus.ca.

    For more information, please contact:

    Name: Bryan Sinclair

    Tel: 416 607 2135

    Email: bryan.sinclair@trisura.com

    Non-IFRS Financial Measures and other Financial Measures

    We report certain financial information using non-IFRS financial measures, non-IFRS ratios and supplementary financial measures that we use to measure and evaluate the performance of our business. Non-IFRS financial measures do not have standardized meanings prescribed by IFRS and may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies in our industry. They are used by management and financial analysts to assess our performance.

    Further, they provide users with an enhanced understanding of our results and related trends and increase transparency and clarity into the core results of the business.

    These metrics are operating performance measures that highlight trends in our core business or are required ratios used to measure compliance with OSFI and other regulatory standards. Our Company also believes that securities analysts, investors and other interested parties use these operating metrics to compare our Company’s performance against others in the specialty insurance industry. Our Company’s management also uses these operating metrics and other financial measures in order to facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period. Such operating metrics and other financial measures should not be considered as the sole indicators of our performance and should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, analysis of our financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. For more information about these supplementary financial measures, Non-IFRS financial measures, and Non-IFRS ratios, including definitions and explanations of how these measures provide useful information, refer to Section 8 – Accounting and Disclosure matters in our Q1 2025 MD&A , which is available on our website at http://www.trisura.com and on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca.

    Table 1 – Reconciliation of Operating net income to reported Net income and OEPS: reflect Net income, adjusted for certain items to normalize earnings to core operations in order to reflect our North American specialty operations.

      Q1 2025 Q1 2024
    Operating net income 34,170   33,188  
    Impact of Exited lines 111   –  
    Loss from run-off program –   (3,714 )
    Impact of movement in yield curve in Net insurance finance income (expenses) (3,569 ) 437  
    Impact of SBC 1,199   (2,923 )
    Net (gains) losses (4,547 ) 10,446  
    Tax impact of above items 1,626   (1,001 )
    Non-operating results, net of tax (5,180 ) 3,245  
    Net income 28,990   36,433  
         
    Operating net income 34,170   33,188  
    Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding – diluted
    (in thousands of shares)    		 48,472   48,456  
    Operating EPS – diluted (in dollars) 0.70   0.68  


    Table 2 – Reconciliation of Insurance service result to Underwriting income – Consolidated

    Financial statements line item 1   2 3   4   5   6   7 MD&A line item
    For the three months ended March 31, 2025
    Insurance revenue 779,606   (601,048 ) – –   –   (5,847 ) –   – 172,711   Net insurance revenue
    Insurance service expenses (585,213 ) 444,725   5,461 (10,649 ) (6,478 ) 5,736   3,569   – (142,849 ) Sum of Net claims ($54,345) and Net expenses ($88,504)
    Net income (expenses) from reinsurance contracts assets (156,323 ) 156,323   – –   –   –   –   – –   n/a
    Insurance service result 38,070   –   5,461 (10,649 ) (6,478 ) (111 ) 3,569   – 29,862   Underwriting income
    For the three months ended March 31, 2024
    Insurance revenue 744,266   (594,773 ) – –   –   –   –   3,561 153,054   Net insurance revenue
    Insurance service expenses (580,940 ) 466,895   5,345 (10,853 ) (3,858 ) –   (437 ) 153 (123,695 ) Sum of Net claims ($48,406) and Net expenses ($75,289)
    Net income (expenses) from reinsurance contracts assets (127,878 ) 127,878   – –   –   –   –   – –   n/a
    Insurance service result 35,448   –   5,345 (10,853 ) (3,858 ) –   (437 ) 3,714 29,359   Underwriting income
    Reconciling items in the table above:
    1 Net of reinsurance impact
    2 Other income
    3 Other operating expenses related to Trisura Specialty and Trisura US Programs
    4 Net insurance finance income (expenses)
    5 Impact of Exited lines
    6 Movement in yield curve in Net insurance finance income (expenses)
    7 Loss from run-off program


    Table 3 – ROE and Operating LTM ROE    : a measure of the Company’s use of equity.

      Q1 2025 Q1 2024
    LTM net income 111,472   89,398  
    LTM average equity 742,056   583,798  
    ROE 15.0%   15.3%  
    Operating LTM net income 136,831   116,819  
    Operating LTM ROE 18.4%   20.0%  


    Table 4 – Reconciliation of Average equity    (9)to LTM average equity: LTM average equity is used in calculating Operating ROE.

      Q1 2025
    		 Q1 2024
    Average equity 741,016   587,336  
    Adjustments: days in quarter proration 1,040   (3,538 )
    LTM average equity 742,056   583,798  


    Table 5 – Combined ratio – Consolidated:     Combined ratio is used to evaluate underlying profitability relative to Net insurance revenue in a given period.

       Q1 2025 Q1 2024
    Net insurance revenue, as presented in Table 2 172,711   153,054  
    Net claims, as presented in Table 2 (54,345 ) (48,406 )
    Net expenses, as presented in Table 2 (88,504 ) (75,289 )
    Underwriting income 29,862   29,359  
         
    Loss ratio 31.5%   31.6%  
    Expense ratio 51.2%   49.2%  
    Combined ratio 82.7%   80.8%  


    Footnotes

    (1) These are non-IFRS ratios. Non-IFRS ratios are not standardized under the financial reporting framework used to prepare the financial statements of the Company to which the ratio relates and might not be comparable to similar ratios disclosed by other companies. See Section 8, Accounting and Disclosure matters in our Q1 2025 MD&A for details on composition, as well as each non-IFRS financial measure used as a component of the ratio, and an explanation of how it provides useful information to an investor.

    (2) This is a supplementary financial measure. See Section 8, Accounting and Disclosure matters in our Q1 2025 MD&A for details on composition and an explanation of how it provides useful information to an investor.

    (3) These are non-IFRS financial measures. Non-IFRS financial measures are not standardized financial measures under the financial reporting framework used to prepare the financial statements of the Company to which the measure relates and might not be comparable to similar financial measures disclosed by other companies. See Section 8, Accounting and Disclosure matters in our Q1 2025 MD&A for details on composition and an explanation of how it provides useful information to an investor.

    (4) See Section 8, Accounting and Disclosure matters in our Q1 2025 MD&A for the definition of Operating Net Income, and for further explanation of “core operations”.

    (5) Primary lines are lines of insurance business such as Surety, Corporate Insurance, and Warranty.

    (6) This measure is calculated in accordance with the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada’s (OSFI’s) Guideline A, Minimum Capital Test.

    (7) This target is in accordance with OSFI’s Guideline A-4, Regulatory Capital and Internal Capital Targets.

    (8) This measure is calculated in accordance with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, Risk Based Capital for Insurers Model Act.

    (9) Average equity is calculated as the sum of opening equity and closing equity over the last twelve months, divided by two.

    Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information

    Note: This news release contains “forward-looking information” within the meaning of Canadian provincial securities laws and “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities legislation. Forward-looking statements include statements that are predictive in nature, depend upon or refer to future events or conditions, include statements regarding operations, business, financial condition, expected financial results, performance, prospects, opportunities, priorities, targets, goals, ongoing objectives, strategies and outlook of our Company and its subsidiaries, as well as the outlook for North American and international economies for the current fiscal year and subsequent periods, and include words such as “expects,” “likely,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” “seeks,” “intends,” “targets,” “projects,” “forecasts”, “potential” or negative versions thereof and other similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would” and “could”.

    Although we believe that our anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements and information are based upon reasonable assumptions and expectations, the reader should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements and information because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of our Company to differ materially from anticipated future results, performance or achievement expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements and information.

    Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated or implied by forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: the impact or unanticipated impact of general economic, political and market factors in the countries in which we do business; the behaviour of financial markets, including fluctuations in interest and foreign exchange rates; global equity and capital markets and the availability of equity and debt financing and refinancing within these markets; insurance risks including pricing risk, concentration risk and exposure to large losses, and risks associated with estimates of loss reserves; strategic actions including dispositions; the ability to complete and effectively integrate acquisitions into existing operations and the ability to attain expected benefits; changes in accounting policies and methods used to report financial condition (including uncertainties associated with critical accounting assumptions and estimates); the ability to appropriately manage human capital; the effect of applying future accounting changes; business competition; operational and reputational risks; technological change; changes in government regulation and legislation within the countries in which we operate; governmental investigations; litigation; changes in tax laws; changes in capital requirements; changes in reinsurance arrangements and availability and cost of reinsurance; ability to collect amounts owed; catastrophic events, such as earthquakes, hurricanes or pandemics; the possible impact of international conflicts and other developments including terrorist acts and cyberterrorism; risks associated with reliance on distribution partners, capacity providers and program administrators; third party risks; risk that models used to manage the business do not function as expected; climate change risk; risk of economic downturn; risk of inflation; risks relating to cyber-security; risks relating to credit ratings; and other risks and factors detailed from time to time in our documents filed with securities regulators in Canada.

    We caution that the foregoing list of important factors that may affect future results is not exhaustive. When relying on our forward-looking statements and information, investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and potential events. Except as required by law, our Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements or information, whether written or oral, that may be as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    Cautionary Non-IFRS and Other Financial Measures

    Reported results conform to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), in accordance with IFRS. In addition to reported results, our Company also presents certain financial measures, including non-IFRS financial measures that are historical, non-IFRS ratios, and supplementary financial measures, to assess results. Non-IFRS financial measures, such as operating net income, are utilized to assess the Company’s overall performance. To arrive at operating results, our Company adjusts for certain items to normalize earnings to core operations, in order to reflect our North American specialty operations. Non-IFRS ratios include a non-IFRS financial measure as one or more of its components. Examples of non-IFRS ratios include operating diluted earnings per share and operating ROE. The Company believes that non-IFRS financial measures and non-IFRS ratios provide the reader with an enhanced understanding of our results and related trends and increase transparency and clarity into the core results of the business. Non-IFRS financial measures and non-IFRS ratios are not standardized terms under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms used by other companies. Supplementary financial measures depict the Company’s financial performance and position, and are explained in this document where they first appear, and incorporates information by reference to our Company’s current MD&A, for the three months ended March 31, 2025. To access MD&A, see Trisura’s website or SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca. These measures are pursuant to National Instrument 52-112 Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures Disclosure.

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Employers Holdings, Inc. Reports First Quarter 2025 Results and Declares Increase in Regular Quarterly Dividend to $0.32 per Share and New Share Repurchase Authorization of $125 Million

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    RENO, Nev., May 01, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Employers Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) (NYSE:EIG), a holding company with subsidiaries that are specialty providers of workers’ compensation insurance and services focused on small and mid-sized businesses engaged in low-to-medium hazard industries, today reported financial results for its first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    Financial Highlights:
    (All comparisons vs. the first quarter of 2024).

    • Net income per diluted share decreased by 53%, from $1.11 to $0.52;
    • Adjusted net income per diluted share increased 30%, from $0.67 to $0.87;
    • Gross premiums written increased 1%, from $210.9 million to $212.1 million;
    • Net premiums earned decreased 1%, from $184.9 million to $183.0 million;
    • Underwriting expense ratio improved from 25.0% to 23.4%;
    • Net investment income increased 20%, from $26.8 million to $32.1 million;
    • Record number of ending policies in-force of 133,121, a 4% increase; and
    • Returned $27.5 million to stockholders through a combination of share repurchases and regular quarterly dividends.

    Management Commentary

    Chief Executive Officer Katherine Antonello commented: “First quarter net premiums earned were flat compared to 2024, driven by higher renewal premiums offset by lower new business and a reduction in audit premiums. Rate increases and underwriting actions taken to maintain our underwriting profitability targets in certain states impacted new business premiums, while final audit premiums decreased in-line with the moderation of employment and wage growth. We have identified several refinements in our underwriting and pricing approach that we believe will allow us to maintain our underwriting discipline but also return to moderate new business growth. Our appetite expansion effort continues to identify areas of profitable growth, and our success has given us the confidence to accelerate this effort. We again ended the period with another record number of policies in-force, which were up 4% year-over-year.

    We recorded our current accident year loss and LAE ratio on voluntary business at 66.0%, slightly above the 64.0% we maintained throughout 2024. As was the case in the first quarter of 2024, a full actuarial study was not performed, and the amount of indicated net prior year loss reserve development was consistent with our expectations. We will evaluate our prior year reserves in more detail at mid-year when we routinely perform a full reserve study.

    Our commission expense ratio was 12.6%, versus 13.6% a year ago. We continue to see improvement in our underwriting expense ratio, which decreased to 23.4%, from 25.0% a year ago.

    Our net investment income was $32.1 million, up 20% from a year ago. The increase was primarily due to returns from our investments in limited partnerships.

    Lastly, we raised our regular quarterly dividend to $0.32 per share, an increase of 7%, and announced a new $125.0 million share repurchase plan after exhausting the former plan prior to its scheduled expiration. These actions reflect our strong balance sheet, abundant underwriting capital, and the confidence in the Company’s future operations.”

    Summary of First Quarter 2025 Results

    (All comparisons vs. the first quarter of 2024, unless otherwise noted).

    Gross premiums written were $212.1 million, an increase of 1%. The increase was due to strong retention in renewal business writings partially offset by a decline in new business writings and lower final audit premiums. Net premiums earned were $183.0 million, a decrease of 1%.

    Losses and loss adjustment expenses were $120.7 million, an increase of 4%. The increase was primarily due to a higher current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense estimate. The Company’s loss and loss adjustment expense ratio was 66.0% (66.8% excluding LPT), versus 63.0% (64.1% excluding LPT).

    Commission expense was $23.0 million, a decrease of 8%. The Company’s commission expense ratio was 12.6%, versus 13.6% a year ago. The decrease was primarily due to a release of commissions payable associated with non-performing policies sent to collections.

    Underwriting expenses were $42.9 million, a decrease of 7%. The Company’s underwriting expense ratio was 23.4%, versus 25.0% a year ago. The decrease primarily related to lower bad debt expense and compensation-related expenses.

    Net investment income was $32.1 million, an increase of 20%. The increase was primarily due to returns from our investments in private equity limited partnerships, along with higher book yields on our fixed maturity securities.

    Net realized and unrealized (losses) gains on investments reflected on the income statement were $(12.8) million, versus $11.4 million.

    Income tax expense was $3.1 million (19.5% effective rate), versus $7.0 million (19.8% effective rate). The effective rates during each of the periods included income tax benefits and exclusions associated with tax-advantaged investment income, LPT adjustments, deferred gain amortization and related adjustments, and tax credits utilized.

    The Company’s book value per share including the deferred gain of $48.25 increased 12.3% year-over-year and 2.5% during the first quarter of 2025, computed after considering dividends declared. During the first quarter this measure was favorably impacted by $21.1 million of after-tax unrealized gains arising from fixed maturity securities (which are reflected on the balance sheet) partially offset by $9.2 million of net after tax unrealized losses arising from equity securities and other investments (which are reflected on the income statement). The Company’s adjusted book value per share of $50.75 increased by 8.5% year-over-year and 1.0% during the first quarter of 2025, computed after considering dividends declared.

    Second Quarter 2025 Dividend Declaration

    On April 30, 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors declared an increase in our regular quarterly dividend to $0.32. The dividend is payable on May 28, 2025 to stockholders of record as of May 14, 2025.

    Stock Repurchases and New Stock Repurchase Authorization

    During the first quarter of 2025, the Company repurchased 406,101 shares of its common stock at an average price of $49.69 per share. During the period from April 1, 2025 through April 29, 2025, the Company repurchased a further 170,000 shares of its common stock at an average price of $48.35 per share.

    On April 30, 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a new stock repurchase program to allow for repurchases of up to $125.0 million of our common stock from May 6, 2025 through December 31, 2026. The new program replaces a similar program that was scheduled to expire on July 31, 2025, but its repurchase authorization has been exhausted.

    Earnings Conference Call and Webcast

    The Company will host a conference call on Friday, May 2, 2025 at 11:00 a.m. Eastern Daylight Time / 8:00 a.m. Pacific Daylight Time.

    To participate in the live conference call, you must first register here. Once registered you will receive dial-in numbers and a unique PIN number.

    The webcast will be accessible on the Company’s website at www.employers.com through the “Investors” link.

    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures to GAAP

    The information in this press release should be read in conjunction with the Financial Supplement that is attached to this press release and available on our website.

    Within this earnings release we present various financial measures, some of which are “non-GAAP financial measures” as defined in Regulation G pursuant to Section 401 of the Sarbanes – Oxley Act of 2002. A description of these non-GAAP financial measures, as well as a reconciliation of such non-GAAP measures to our most directly comparable GAAP financial measures is included in the attached Financial Supplement. Management believes that these non-GAAP measures are important to the Company’s investors, analysts and other interested parties who benefit from having an objective and consistent basis for comparison with other companies within our industry. Management further believes that these measures are more relevant than comparable GAAP measures in evaluating our financial performance.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    In this press release, the Company and its management discuss and make statements based on currently available information regarding their intentions, beliefs, current expectations, and projections of, among other things, the Company’s future performance, economic or market conditions, including current or future levels of inflation, potential implications of increased tariffs, changes in interest rates, labor market expectations, catastrophic events or geo-political conditions, legislative or regulatory actions or court decisions, business growth, retention rates, loss costs, claim trends and the impact of key business initiatives, future technologies and planned investments. Certain of these statements may constitute “forward-looking” statements as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and are often identified by words such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “target,” “project,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “pro forma,” “seek,” “likely,” or “continue,” or other comparable terminology and their negatives. The Company and its management caution investors that such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. Risks and uncertainties are inherent in the Company’s future performance. Factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements include, among other things, those discussed or identified from time to time in the Company’s public filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including the risks detailed in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K. Except as required by applicable securities laws, the Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

    Filings with the SEC

    The Company’s filings with the SEC and its quarterly investor presentations can be accessed through the “Investors” link on the Company’s website, www.employers.com. The Company’s filings with the SEC can also be accessed through the SEC’s EDGAR Database at www.sec.gov (EDGAR CIK No. 0001379041).

    About Employers Holdings, Inc.

    Employers Holdings, Inc. (NYSE: EIG), is a holding company with subsidiaries that are specialty providers of workers’ compensation insurance and services (collectively “EMPLOYERS®”) focused on small and mid-sized businesses engaged in low-to-medium hazard industries. EMPLOYERS leverages over a century of experience to deliver comprehensive coverage solutions that meet the unique needs of its customers. Drawing from its long history and extensive knowledge, EMPLOYERS empowers businesses by protecting their most valuable asset – their employees – through exceptional claims management, loss control, and risk management services, creating safer work environments.

    EMPLOYERS is also proud to offer Cerity®, which is focused on providing digital-first, direct-to-consumer workers’ compensation insurance solutions with fast, and affordable coverage options through a user-friendly online platform.

    EMPLOYERS operates throughout the United States, apart from four states that are served exclusively by their state funds. Insurance is offered through Employers Insurance Company of Nevada, Employers Compensation Insurance Company, Employers Preferred Insurance Company, Employers Assurance Company and Cerity Insurance Company, all rated A (Excellent) by AM Best. Not all companies do business in all jurisdictions. EIG Services, Inc., and Cerity Services, Inc., are subsidiaries of Employers Holdings, Inc. EMPLOYERS® is a registered trademark of EIG Services, Inc., and Cerity® is a registered trademark of Cerity Services, Inc. For more information, please visit www.employers.com and www.cerity.com.

    Contact Information

    Michael Pedraja (775) 327-2706 or mpedraja@employers.com

         
    EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC.
    Table of Contents
         
    Page    
         
    1   Consolidated Financial Highlights
         
    2   Summary Consolidated Balance Sheets
         
    3   Summary Consolidated Income Statements
         
    4   Return on Equity
         
    5   Combined Ratios
         
    6   Roll-forward of Unpaid Losses and LAE
         
    7   Consolidated Investment Portfolio
         
    8   Book Value Per Share
         
    9   Earnings Per Share
         
    10   Non-GAAP Financial Measures
         
       
    EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights (unaudited)
    $ in millions, except per share amounts
       
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,
        2025       2024     % change
    Selected financial highlights:          
    Gross premiums written $ 212.1     $ 210.9     1 %
    Net premiums written   210.3       209.1     1  
    Net premiums earned   183.0       184.9     (1 )
    Net investment income   32.1       26.8     20  
    Net income excluding LPT(1)   11.2       26.2     (57 )
    Adjusted net income(1)   21.3       17.2     24  
    Net Income before income taxes   15.9       35.3     (55 )
    Net Income   12.8       28.3     (55 )
    Comprehensive income   34.6       17.4     99  
    Total assets   3,556.9       3,562.8     —  
    Stockholders’ equity   1,075.7       1,018.9     6  
    Stockholders’ equity including the Deferred Gain(2)   1,168.1       1,116.1     5  
    Adjusted stockholders’ equity(2)   1,228.8       1,213.0     1  
    Annualized adjusted return on stockholders’ equity(3)   6.9 %     5.7 %   21 %
    Amounts per share:          
    Cash dividends declared per share $ 0.30     $ 0.28     7 %
    Earnings per diluted share(4)   0.52       1.11     (53 )
    Earnings per diluted share excluding LPT(4)   0.46       1.03     (55 )
    Adjusted earnings per diluted share(4)   0.87       0.67     30  
    Book value per share(2)   44.43       40.20     11  
    Book value per share including the Deferred Gain(2)   48.25       44.04     10  
    Adjusted book value per share(2)   50.75       47.86     6  
    Combined ratio excluding LPT:(5):          
    Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio:          
    Current Year   66.1 %     64.2 %    
    Prior Year   0.7       (0.1 )    
    Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio   66.8 %     64.1 %    
    Commission expense ratio   12.6 %     13.6 %    
    Underwriting expense ratio   23.4 %     25.0 %    
    Combined ratio excluding LPT   102.8 %     102.7 %    
    (1) See Page 3 for calculations and Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
    (2) See Page 8 for calculations and Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
    (3) See Page 4 for calculations and Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
    (4) See Page 9 for description and calculations and Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
    (5) See Pages 5 for details and Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
       
             
    EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC.
    Summary Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited)
    $ in millions, except per share amounts
             
        March 31,
    2025    		   December 31,
    2024
    ASSETS        
    Investments, cash and cash equivalents   $ 2,537.6     $ 2,532.4  
    Accrued investment income     14.6       15.7  
    Premiums receivable, net     377.0       361.3  
    Reinsurance recoverable, net of allowance, on paid and unpaid losses and LAE     412.9       417.8  
    Deferred policy acquisition costs     63.8       59.6  
    Deferred income tax asset, net     35.0       38.3  
    Other assets     116.0       116.2  
    Total assets   $ 3,556.9     $ 3,541.3  
             
    LIABILITIES        
    Unpaid losses and LAE   $ 1,792.6     $ 1,808.2  
    Unearned premiums     428.0       402.2  
    Commissions and premium taxes payable     60.3       65.8  
    Deferred Gain     92.4       94.0  
    Other liabilities     107.9       102.4  
    Total liabilities   $ 2,481.2     $ 2,472.6  
             
    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY        
    Common stock and additional paid-in capital   $ 424.7     $ 424.8  
    Retained earnings     1,478.5       1,472.9  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (60.7 )     (82.5 )
    Treasury stock, at cost     (766.8 )     (746.5 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     1,075.7       1,068.7  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 3,556.9     $ 3,541.3  
             
    Stockholders’ equity including the Deferred Gain (1)   $ 1,168.1     $ 1,162.7  
    Adjusted stockholders’ equity (1)     1,228.8       1,245.2  
    Book value per share (1)   $ 44.43     $ 43.52  
    Book value per share including the Deferred Gain(1)     48.25       47.35  
    Adjusted book value per share (1)     50.75       50.71  
    (1) See Page 8 for calculations and Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
       
       
    EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC.
    Summary Consolidated Income Statements (unaudited)
    $ in millions
       
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,
        2025       2024  
    Revenues:  
    Net premiums earned $ 183.0     $ 184.9  
    Net investment income   32.1       26.8  
    Net realized and unrealized (losses) gains on investments(1)   (12.8 )     11.4  
    Other income   0.3       —  
    Total revenues   202.6       223.1  
    Expenses:      
    Losses and LAE incurred   (120.7 )     (116.5 )
    Commission expense   (23.0 )     (25.1 )
    Underwriting expenses   (42.9 )     (46.2 )
    Interest and financing expenses   (0.1 )     —  
    Total expenses   (186.7 )     (187.8 )
    Net income before income taxes   15.9       35.3  
    Income tax expense   (3.1 )     (7.0 )
    Net Income   12.8       28.3  
    Unrealized AFS investment gains (losses) arising during the period, net of tax(2)   21.1       (11.6 )
    Reclassification adjustment for net realized AFS investment losses in net income, net of tax(2)   0.7       0.7  
    Total comprehensive income $ 34.6     $ 17.4  
    Net Income $ 12.8     $ 28.3  
    Amortization of the Deferred Gain – losses   (1.6 )     (1.5 )
    Amortization of the Deferred Gain – contingent commission   —       (0.4 )
    LPT contingent commission adjustments   —       (0.2 )
    Net income excluding LPT Agreement (3)   11.2       26.2  
    Net realized and unrealized losses (gains) on investments   12.8       (11.4 )
    Income tax (benefit) expense related to items excluded from Net income   (2.7 )     2.4  
    Adjusted net income $ 21.3     $ 17.2  
    (1) Includes unrealized (losses) gains on equity securities and other investments of $(11.7) million and $12.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
    (2) AFS = Available for Sale securities.
    (3) See Page 10 regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
       
         
    EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC.
    Return on Equity (unaudited)
    $ in millions
         
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,
          2025       2024  
             
    Net income A $ 12.8     $ 28.3  
    Impact of the LPT Agreement     (1.6 )     (2.1 )
    Net realized and unrealized losses (gains) on investments     12.8       (11.4 )
    Income tax (benefit) expense related to items excluded from Net income     (2.7 )     2.4  
    Adjusted net income (1) B   21.3       17.2  
             
    Stockholders’ equity – end of period   $ 1,075.7     $ 1,018.9  
    Stockholders’ equity – beginning of period     1,068.7       1,013.9  
    Average stockholders’ equity C   1,072.2       1,016.4  
             
    Stockholders’ equity – end of period   $ 1,075.7     $ 1,018.9  
    Deferred Gain – end of period     92.4       97.2  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss – end of period     76.8       122.6  
    Income taxes related to accumulated other comprehensive loss – end of period     (16.1 )     (25.7 )
    Adjusted stockholders’ equity – end of period     1,228.8       1,213.0  
    Adjusted stockholders’ equity – beginning of period     1,245.2       1,199.1  
    Average adjusted stockholders’ equity (1) D   1,237.0       1,206.1  
             
    Return on stockholders’ equity A / C   1.2 %     2.8 %
    Annualized return on stockholders’ equity     4.8       11.1  
             
    Adjusted return on stockholders’ equity (1) B / D   1.7 %     1.4 %
    Annualized adjusted return on stockholders’ equity (1)     6.9       5.7  
    (1) See Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
       
         
    EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC.
    Combined Ratios (unaudited)
    $ in millions, except per share amounts
         
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,
          2025       2024  
             
    Net premiums earned A $ 183.0     $ 184.9  
    Losses and LAE incurred B   120.7       116.5  
    Amortization of deferred reinsurance gain – losses     1.6       1.5  
    Amortization of deferred reinsurance gain – contingent commission     —       0.4  
    LPT contingent commission adjustments     —       0.2  
    Losses and LAE excluding LPT(1) C   122.3       118.6  
    Prior year loss reserve development     1.3       (0.1 )
    Losses and LAE excluding LPT – current accident year D $ 121.0     $ 118.7  
    Commission expense E $ 23.0     $ 25.1  
    Underwriting expenses F $ 42.9     $ 46.2  
    GAAP combined ratio:        
    Loss and LAE ratio B/A   66.0 %     63.0 %
    Commission expense ratio E/A   12.6       13.6  
    Underwriting expense ratio F/A   23.4       25.0  
    GAAP combined ratio     102.0 %     101.6 %
    Combined ratio excluding LPT:(1)        
    Loss and LAE ratio excluding LPT C/A   66.8 %     64.1 %
    Commission expense ratio E/A   12.6       13.6  
    Underwriting expense ratio F/A   23.4       25.0  
    Combined ratio excluding LPT     102.8 %     102.7 %
    Combined ratio excluding LPT: current accident year:(1)        
    Loss and LAE ratio excluding LPT D/A   66.1 %     64.2 %
    Commission expense ratio E/A   12.6       13.6  
    Underwriting expense ratio F/A   23.4       25.0  
    Combined ratio excluding LPT: current accident year     102.1 %     102.8 %
    (1) See Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
       
       
    EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC.
    Roll-forward of Unpaid Losses and LAE (unaudited)
    $ in millions
       
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,
        2025     2024  
       
    Unpaid losses and LAE at beginning of period $ 1,808.2   $ 1,884.5  
    Reinsurance recoverable, excluding CECL allowance, on unpaid losses and LAE   412.4     428.4  
    Net unpaid losses and LAE at beginning of period   1,395.8     1,456.1  
    Losses and LAE incurred:      
    Current year losses   121.0     118.7  
    Prior year losses   1.3     (0.1 )
    Total losses incurred   122.3     118.6  
    Losses and LAE paid:      
    Current year losses   8.0     6.8  
    Prior year losses   124.6     117.4  
    Total paid losses   132.6     124.2  
    Net unpaid losses and LAE at end of period   1,385.5     1,450.5  
    Reinsurance recoverable, excluding CECL allowance, on unpaid losses and LAE   407.1     424.0  
    Unpaid losses and LAE at end of period $ 1,792.6   $ 1,874.5  
                 

    Total losses and LAE shown in the above table exclude amortization of the Deferred Gain and LPT contingent commission adjustments, which totaled $1.6 million and $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

     
    EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC.
    Consolidated Investment Portfolio (unaudited)
    $ in millions
             
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
    Investment Positions:   Cost or Amortized
    Cost (1)    		   Net Unrealized Gain (Loss)   Fair Value   %   Fair Value   %
    Fixed maturity securities   $ 2,165.7   $ (76.9 )   $ 2,087.4   82 %   $ 2,097.4   83 %
    Equity securities     151.4     102.7       254.2   10       259.8   10  
    Short-term investments     —     —       —   —       0.1   —  
    Other invested assets     85.0     10.4       95.4   4       106.6   4  
    Cash and cash equivalents     100.4     —       100.4   4       68.3   3  
    Restricted cash and cash equivalents     0.2     —       0.2   —       0.2   —  
    Total investments and cash   $ 2,502.7   $ 36.2     $ 2,537.6   100 %   $ 2,532.4   100 %
                             
    Breakout of Fixed Maturity Securities:                        
    U.S. Treasuries and agencies   $ 68.0   $ (0.9 )   $ 67.1   3 %   $ 59.3   3 %
    States and municipalities     161.3     (1.6 )     159.7   8       159.3   8  
    Corporate securities     821.8     (33.6 )     788.0   38       803.0   38  
    Mortgage-backed securities     727.1     (36.8 )     689.9   33       684.9   33  
    Asset-backed securities     212.3     —       212.3   10       214.0   10  
    Collateralized loan obligations     26.4     (0.2 )     26.2   1       35.3   2  
    Bank loans and other     148.8     (3.8 )     144.2   7       141.6   7  
    Total fixed maturity securities   $ 2,165.7   $ (76.9 )   $ 2,087.4   100 %   $ 2,097.4   100 %
    Weighted average book yield     4.5%       4.5%
    Average credit quality (S&P)     A+       A+
    Duration     4.3       4.5
    (1) Amortized cost excludes allowance for current expected credit losses of $1.4 million.
       
                     
    EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC.
    Book Value Per Share (unaudited)
    $ in millions, except per share amounts
                     
        March 31,
    2025    		   December 31,
    2024    		   March 31,
    2024    		   December 31, 2023
    Numerators:                
    Stockholders’ equity A $ 1,075.7     $ 1,068.7     $ 1,018.9     $ 1,013.9  
    Plus: Deferred Gain     92.4       94.0       97.2       99.2  
    Stockholders’ equity including the Deferred Gain (1) B   1,168.1       1,162.7       1,116.1       1,113.1  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     76.8       104.5       122.6       108.9  
    Income taxes related to accumulated other comprehensive loss     (16.1 )     (22.0 )     (25.7 )     (22.9 )
    Adjusted stockholders’ equity (1) C $ 1,228.8     $ 1,245.2     $ 1,213.0     $ 1,199.1  
                     
    Denominator (shares outstanding) D   24,210,602       24,556,706       25,343,504       25,369,753  
                     
    Book value per share (1) A / D $ 44.43     $ 43.52     $ 40.20     $ 39.96  
    Book value per share including the Deferred Gain(1) B / D   48.25       47.35       44.04       43.88  
    Adjusted book value per share (1) C / D   50.75       50.71       47.86       47.26  
                     
    Year-over-year change in: (2)                
    Book value per share     13.5 %     11.9 %     14.5 %     18.1 %
    Book value per share including the Deferred Gain     12.3       10.6       13.1       16.3  
    Adjusted book value per share     8.5       9.8       10.8       10.5  
    (1) See Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
    (2) Reflects the twelve month change in book value per share after taking into account dividends declared of $1.20, $1.18, $1.12 and $1.10 for the twelve month periods ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.
       
         
    EMPLOYERS HOLDINGS, INC.
    Earnings Per Share (unaudited)
    $ in millions, except per share amounts
         
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,
          2025       2024  
    Numerators:        
    Net income A $ 12.8     $ 28.3  
    Impact of the LPT Agreement     (1.6 )     (2.1 )
    Net income excluding LPT (1) B   11.2       26.2  
    Net realized and unrealized losses (gains) on investments     12.8       (11.4 )
    Income tax (benefit) expense related to items excluded from Net income     (2.7 )     2.4  
    Adjusted net income (1) C $ 21.3     $ 17.2  
             
    Denominators:        
    Average common shares outstanding (basic) D   24,398,610       25,345,942  
    Average common shares outstanding (diluted) E   24,606,572       25,535,971  
             
    Earnings per share:        
    Basic A / D $ 0.52     $ 1.12  
    Diluted A / E   0.52       1.11  
             
    Earnings per share excluding LPT: (1)        
    Basic B / D $ 0.46     $ 1.03  
    Diluted B / E   0.46       1.03  
             
    Adjusted earnings per share: (1)        
    Basic C / D $ 0.87     $ 0.68  
    Diluted C / E   0.87       0.67  
    (1) See Page 10 for information regarding our use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
       

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Within this earnings release we present the following measures, each of which are “non-GAAP financial measures.” A reconciliation of these measures to the Company’s most directly comparable GAAP financial measures is included herein. Management believes that these non-GAAP measures are important to the Company’s investors, analysts and other interested parties who benefit from having an objective and consistent basis for comparison with other companies within our industry. Management further believes that these measures are more relevant than comparable GAAP measures in evaluating our financial performance.

    The LPT Agreement is a non-recurring transaction that no longer provides any ongoing cash benefits to the Company. Management believes that providing non-GAAP measures that exclude the effects of the LPT Agreement (amortization of deferred reinsurance gain, adjustments to LPT Agreement ceded reserves and adjustments to the contingent commission receivable) is useful in providing investors, analysts and other interested parties a meaningful understanding of the Company’s ongoing underwriting performance.

    Deferred reinsurance gain (Deferred Gain) reflects the unamortized gain from the LPT Agreement. This gain has been deferred and is being amortized using the recovery method, whereby the amortization is determined by the proportion of actual reinsurance recoveries to total estimated recoveries, except for the contingent profit commission, which was amortized through June 30, 2024, the date of its final determination. Amortization is reflected in losses and LAE incurred.

    Adjusted net income (see Page 3 for calculations) is net income excluding the effects of the LPT Agreement, and net realized and unrealized gains and losses on investments (net of tax), and any miscellaneous non-recurring transactions (net of tax). Management believes that providing this non-GAAP measures is helpful to investors, analysts and other interested parties in identifying trends in the Company’s operating performance because such items have limited significance to its ongoing operations or can be impacted by both discretionary and other economic factors and may not represent operating trends.

    Stockholders’ equity including the Deferred Gain (see Page 8 for calculations) is stockholders’ equity including the Deferred Gain. Management believes that providing this non-GAAP measure is useful in providing investors, analysts and other interested parties a meaningful measure of the Company’s total underwriting capital.

    Adjusted stockholders’ equity (see Page 8 for calculations) is stockholders’ equity including the Deferred Gain, less accumulated other comprehensive income (net of tax). Management believes that providing this non-GAAP measure is useful to investors, analysts and other interested parties since it serves as the denominator to the Company’s adjusted return on stockholders’ equity metric.

    Return on stockholders’ equity and Adjusted return on stockholders’ equity (see Page 4 for calculations). Management believes that these profitability measures are widely used by our investors, analysts and other interested parties.

    Book value per share, Book value per share including the Deferred Gain, and Adjusted book value per share (see Page 8 for calculations). Management believes that these valuation measures are widely used by our investors, analysts and other interested parties.

    Net income excluding LPT (see Page 3 for calculations). Management believes that these performance and underwriting measures are widely used by our investors, analysts and other interested parties.

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: SB Financial Group Announces First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DEFIANCE, Ohio, May 01, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — SB Financial Group, Inc. (NASDAQ: SBFG) (“SB Financial” or the “Company”), a diversified financial services company providing full-service community banking, mortgage banking, wealth management, private client and title insurance services today reported earnings for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights Over the First Quarter Prior Year Include:

    • Adjusted net income of $2.7 million, after accounting for $0.7 million of nonrecurring merger expenses, was up 23.2 percent from the prior year adjusted net income of $2.2 million, with adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share (“DEPS”) of $0.42. Unadjusted net income and EPS were slightly below the prior year quarter.
    • Successful completion of the Marblehead Bank acquisition, adding $56 million of low-cost deposits and $19 million in loans.
    • Interest income of $17.4 million increased by 13.5 percent from $15.3 million reported in the prior year quarter.
    • Loan growth of $96.7 million, or 9.8 percent from the prior-year quarter, with growth from the linked quarter of $41.6 million. This was our fourth consecutive quarter of sequential expanding loan growth, year over year. Growth adjusted for the Marblehead acquisition would be $78.2 and $23.1 million, from the linked quarter.
    • Deposit growth of $159.7 million, or 14.4 percent from the prior-year quarter, with growth from the linked quarter of $119.4 million. Growth adjusted for the Marblehead acquisition would be $103.7 and $63.4 million, from the linked quarter.
    • Tangible book value (“TBV”) per share ended the quarter at $15.79 up $0.86 per share or 5.8 percent from the prior year quarter. Absent the per share dilution from the acquisition of $0.87, TBV would have been up $1.73 per share or 11.6 percent.
    Earnings Highlights Three Months Ended
    ($ in thousands, except per share & ratios) Mar. 2025 Mar. 2024 % Change
    Operating revenue $ 15,386   $ 13,131   17.2 %
    Interest income   17,372     15,300   13.5 %
    Interest expense   6,093     6,120   -0.4 %
    Net interest income   11,279     9,180   22.9 %
    Provision for credit losses   387     –   N/M
    Noninterest income   4,107     3,951   3.9 %
    Noninterest expense   12,410     10,282   20.7 %
    Net income   2,158     2,368   -8.9 %
    Merger adjusted Earnings per diluted share   0.42     0.33   27.3 %
    Earnings per diluted share   0.33     0.35   -5.7 %
    Merger adjusted Return on Avg. Assets   0.76 %   0.67%   13.4 %
    Return on average assets   0.60 %   0.71%   -15.5 %
    Merger adjusted Return on Avg. Equity   8.35 %   7.26%   15.0 %
    Return on average equity   6.63 %   7.72%   -14.1 %

    “Our first quarter results highlight the value of our growth strategy, even in the midst of temporary economic uncertainty,” said Mark A. Klein, Chairman, President, and CEO. “Merger adjusted net income for the quarter was $2.7 million, a 22.3 percent increase from the prior-year quarter, with the GAAP EPS of $0.33 slightly down from the prior year. The successful closing of the acquisition in the first quarter significantly strengthened our liquidity position through their low-cost deposit base and further expanded our market presence in Northern Ohio. This marks an important milestone in executing our long-term growth strategy to grow organically and through M & A.”

    Interest income for the quarter grew by 13.5 percent to $17.4 million compared to the previous year, driven by continued strong loan growth. Total loans increased by $96.7 million, compared to the prior year, and by $41.5 million from the linked quarter. Adjusted for the Marblehead acquisition, total loan growth would have been $78.2 and $23.1 million, respectively. Deposits rose by $158.9 million, or 14.3 percent, to $1.27 billion, a result of the acquisition and a testament to the trust our clients place in us. Adjusted for the acquisition, deposit growth would have been $102.9 and $62.6 million, respectively.

    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    Consolidated Revenue

    In the first quarter of 2025, total operating revenue increased to $15.4 million, a 17.2 percent rise from $13.1 million in the prior year and a slight 0.1 percent decrease from the linked quarter, driven by growth in both net interest income and noninterest income. Net interest income reached $11.3 million, a strong 22.9 percent year-over-year increase, reflecting higher interest income on loans, which rose by $1.7 million to $15.4 million. Deposit costs increased by 5.1 percent to $5.4 million, but were largely offset by decreases in interest expense on other funding sources, resulting in a 0.4 percent decrease in total interest expense compared to the prior year quarter. As a result, the net interest margin expanded by 41 basis points year-over-year to 3.40 percent, reflecting the continued strength of our interest-earning assets and disciplined management of our funding costs. Noninterest income for the quarter increased by 3.9 percent year-over-year to $4.1 million due to improvements in gains on sale and title insurance, partially offset by decreases in mortgage loan servicing fees. Looking ahead, we remain focused on maintaining a balanced strategy that drives sustainable revenue growth while effectively managing costs, ensuring consistent value creation for our shareholders.

    Mortgage Loan Business

    Net mortgage banking revenue for the quarter reached $1.5 million, down $84,000 from the prior-year quarter. Loan servicing fees added $894,000 to revenue, reflecting an increase of $39,000 from the prior year quarter. The OMSR net valuation adjustment for the first quarter of 2025 was a positive $11,000 compared to a positive $181,000 in the first quarter of 2024.

                 
    Mortgage Banking            
    ($ in thousands) Mar. 2025 Dec. 2024 Sep. 2024 Jun. 2024 Mar. 2024 Prior Year
    Growth
    Mortgage originations $ 39,775   $ 72,534   $ 70,715   $ 75,110   $ 42,912   $ (3,137 )
    Mortgage sales   39,279     62,301     61,271     55,835     36,623     2,656  
    Mortgage servicing portfolio   1,432,184     1,427,318     1,406,273     1,389,805     1,371,713     60,471  
    Mortgage servicing rights   14,965     14,868     14,357     14,548     14,191     774  
                 
                 
    Revenue            
    Loan servicing fees   894     886     874     862     855     39  
    OMSR amortization   (294 )   (358 )   (370 )   (335 )   (273 )   (21 )
    Net administrative fees   600     528     504     527     582     18  
    OMSR valuation adjustment   11     288     (465 )   38     181     (170 )
    Net loan servicing fees   611     816     39     565     763     (152 )
    Gain on sale of mortgages   849     1,196     1,311     1,277     781     68  
    Mortgage banking revenue, net $ 1,460   $ 2,012   $ 1,350   $ 1,842   $ 1,544   $ (84 )
                 

    Noninterest Income and Noninterest Expense

    “Noninterest income for the first quarter of 2025 totaled $4.1 million, up $156,000 or 3.9 percent from the prior-year quarter, primarily due to increased gains on sales of mortgage loans and OSMR, and increased title service and other revenue. Compared to the prior-year quarter, gains on sales of mortgage loans and OSMR grew modestly by $68,000 year over year, and title insurance revenue added $131,000, reflecting the consistent benefit of our revenue diversification strategy,” Mr. Klein noted.

                   
    Noninterest Income/Noninterest Expense          
    ($ in thousands, except ratios)   Mar. 2025 Dec. 2024 Sep. 2024 Jun. 2024 Mar. 2024 Prior Year
    Growth
    Noninterest Income (NII)   $ 4,107   $ 4,557   $ 4,123   $ 4,386   $ 3,951   $ 156  
    NII / Total Revenue     26.7%     29.5%     28.8%     31.5%     30.1%     -3.4%  
    NII / Average Assets     1.1%     1.3%     1.2%     1.3%     1.2%     -0.1%  
    Total Revenue Growth     17.2%     2.2%     4.5%     -0.6%     -6.1%     23.3%  
                                           
    Noninterest Expense (NIE)   $ 12,410   $ 11,003   $ 11,003   $ 10,671   $ 10,282   $ 2,128  
    Efficiency Ratio     80.0%     71.1%     76.8%     75.9%     78.2%     1.8%  
    NIE / Average Assets     3.4%     3.2%     3.2%     3.2%     3.1%     0.3%  
    Net Noninterest Expense/Avg. Assets   -2.3%     -1.9%     -2.0%     -1.9%     -1.9%     -0.4%  
    Total Expense Growth     20.7%     6.1%     5.0%     3.2%     -4.6%     25.3%  

    Noninterest expense for the first quarter of 2025 was impacted by the one-time merger related expenses of $726,000. Adjusting for these expenses and the $300,000 in Marblehead operating expenses for the quarter, total operating costs were up just 3.5 percent from the linked quarter and 10.7 percent.

    “Our efficiency ratio in the first quarter of 2025 was 76.0 percent when we factor out the merger related costs, which was an improvement compared to the prior year.” stated Mr. Klein.

    Balance Sheet

    As of March 31, 2025, SB Financial reported total assets of $1.50 billion, higher from both the linked quarter and the previous year. This growth was primarily driven by a robust increase in the loan portfolio, which reached $1.09 billion, marking a $96.7 million or 9.8 percent increase year over year. Loan growth also included $18.7 million in loans added with the completion of the acquisition. Cash increased by $78.5 million from the prior year, including $35 million added from the liquidation of the acquired investment portfolio.

    Total deposits increased to $1.27 billion, growing $158.9 million or 14.3 percent year over year, including $56 million in low-cost deposits from the acquisition and $102.9 million in organic deposit growth reflecting SB Financial’s successful efforts in deposit gathering and customer engagement. Shareholders’ equity ended the quarter at $131.5 million, representing a $7.8 million increase from the prior year. This growth reflects management’s commitment to enhancing shareholder value and the Company’s disciplined approach to capital management.

    During the first quarter, SB Financial repurchased 26,446 shares, less than previous quarters as the average price was above our target range. This reflects the Company’s dedication to returning value to shareholders through dividends and share repurchases while retaining adequate capital to support our long-term growth.

    “As we progress through the remainder of 2025, our balance sheet strength and strategic management of resources highlight our long-term strategic growth ambitions, both organically and through successful acquisitions,” said Mr. Klein, Chairman, President, and CEO. “Even in the current challenging rate environment, we achieved our fourth consecutive quarter of loan growth, with balances increasing by $96.7 million from the previous year, which included $78.2 million of organic loan growth. This performance underscores the strength of our deep client relationships and our continued competitiveness in the market. Our strong asset quality, supported by top-decile coverage ratios, remains a cornerstone of our financial stability, which we will leverage to take advantage of emerging opportunities while maintaining our focus on operational excellence. Looking ahead, we are committed to driving shareholder value and sustaining robust financial performance as the economic landscape stabilizes.”

                 
    Loan Balances            
    ($ in thousands, except ratios) Mar. 2025 Dec. 2024 Sep. 2024 Jun. 2024 Mar. 2024 Annual
    Growth
    Commercial $ 125,878   $ 124,764   $ 123,821   $ 123,287   $ 120,016   $ 5,862  
    % of Total   11.6%     11.9%     12.0%     12.3%     12.1%     4.9%  
    Commercial RE   509,518     479,573     459,449     434,967     429,362     80,156  
    % of Total   46.8%     45.8%     44.6%     43.3%     43.3%     18.7%  
    Agriculture   61,443     64,680     64,887     64,329     62,365     (922 )
    % of Total   5.6%     6.2%     6.3%     6.4%     6.3%     -1.5%  
    Residential RE   319,307     308,378     314,010     316,233     314,668     4,639  
    % of Total   29.3%     29.5%     30.5%     31.5%     31.7%     1.5%  
    Consumer & Other   72,128     69,340     67,788     66,574     65,141     6,987  
    % of Total   6.6%     6.6%     6.6%     6.6%     6.6%     10.7%  
    Total Loans $ 1,088,274   $ 1,046,735   $ 1,029,955   $ 1,005,390   $ 991,552   $ 96,722  
    Total Growth Percentage                 9.8%  
                 
                 
    Deposit Balances            
    ($ in thousands, except ratios) Mar. 2025 Dec. 2024 Sep. 2024 Jun. 2024 Mar. 2024 Annual
    Growth
    Non-Int DDA $ 240,446   $ 232,155   $ 222,425   $ 208,244   $ 219,395   $ 21,051  
    % of Total   18.9%     20.1%     19.2%     18.7%     19.7%     9.6%  
    Interest DDA   208,583     201,085     202,097     190,857     169,171     39,412  
    % of Total   16.4%     17.4%     17.4%     17.1%     15.2%     23.3%  
    Savings   285,902     237,987     241,761     231,855     244,157     41,745  
    % of Total   22.5%     20.6%     20.8%     20.8%     21.9%     17.1%  
    Money Market   257,013     222,161     228,182     225,650     221,362     35,651  
    % of Total   20.2%     19.3%     19.7%     20.2%     19.9%     16.1%  
    Time Deposits   279,276     259,217     265,068     258,582     258,257     21,019  
    % of Total   22.0%     22.5%     22.9%     23.2%     23.2%     8.1%  
    Total Deposits $ 1,271,220   $ 1,152,605   $ 1,159,533   $ 1,115,188   $ 1,112,342   $ 158,878  
    Total Growth Percentage                 14.3%  
                 

    Asset Quality

    As of March 31, 2025, SB Financial continued to demonstrate strong asset quality metrics. Nonperforming assets totaled $6.1 million, representing 0.41 percent of total assets, an increase of $3.2 million compared to $2.9 million or 0.22 percent of total assets reported in the prior year. This year-over-year growth was driven by weakness in three credits that we continue to expect to resolve favorably in 2025.

    The allowance for credit losses remained strong at 1.41 percent of total loans, providing 254.4 percent coverage of nonperforming loans, a level slightly lower than the linked quarter but indicative of our conservative approach to risk management amid the current environment. The net loan charge-offs to average loans ratio remained modest at 3 basis points, improving from 7 basis points in the prior quarter and consistent with the year-ago period, reflecting disciplined credit practices and effective collateral management.

    “Our asset quality metrics fully illustrate the diligence of our approach and commitment to disciplined risk management,” stated Mark Klein, Chairman, President, and CEO. “While we observed a slight uptick in nonperforming assets compared to the prior year, our reserve coverage ratio and continued low charge-off levels underscore the quality of our loan portfolio. We remain focused on balancing our conservative approach in maintaining the integrity of our credit processes with the need to effectively manage our balance sheet for long-term growth.”

                 
    Nonperforming Assets                
    ($ in thousands, except ratios) Mar. 2025 Dec. 2024 Sep. 2024 Jun. 2024 Mar. 2024   Annual
    Change
    Commercial & Agriculture $ 3,418   $ 2,927   $ 2,899   $ 2,781   $ 897   $ 2,521  
    % of Total Com./Ag. loans   1.82%     1.55%     1.54%     1.48%     0.49%     281.0%  
    Commercial RE   798     807     813     475     49     749  
    % of Total CRE loans   0.16%     0.17%     0.18%     0.11%     0.01%     1528.6%  
    Residential RE   1,608     1,539     1,536     1,247     1,295     313  
    % of Total Res. RE loans   0.50%     0.50%     0.49%     0.39%     0.41%     24.2%  
    Consumer & Other   227     243     270     231     193     34  
    % of Total Con./Oth. loans   0.31%     0.35%     0.40%     0.35%     0.30%     17.6%  
    Total Nonaccruing Loans   6,051     5,516     5,518     4,734     2,434     3,617  
    % of Total loans   0.56%     0.53%     0.54%     0.47%     0.25%     148.6%  
    Foreclosed Assets and Other Assets   73     –     –     510     510     (437 )
    Total Change (%)             -85.7%  
    Total Nonperforming Assets $ 6,124   $ 5,516   $ 5,518   $ 5,244   $ 2,944   $ 3,180  
    % of Total assets   0.41%     0.40%     0.40%     0.39%     0.22%     108.02%  


    Webcast and Conference Call

    The Company will hold the first quarter 2025 earnings conference call and webcast on May 2, 2025, at 11:00 a.m. EDT. Interested parties may access the conference call by dialing 1-888-338-9469. The webcast can be accessed at ir.yourstatebank.com. An audio replay of the call will be available on the Company’s website.

    About SB Financial Group

    Headquartered in Defiance, Ohio, SB Financial is a diversified financial services holding company for the State Bank & Trust Company (State Bank) and SBFG Title, LLC dba Peak Title (Peak Title). State Bank provides a full range of financial services for consumers and small businesses, including wealth management, private client services, mortgage banking and commercial and agricultural lending, operating through a total of 26 offices: 24 in ten Ohio counties and two in Northeast, Indiana, and 26 ATMs. State Bank has six loan production offices located throughout the Tri-State region of Ohio, Indiana and Michigan. Peak Title provides title insurance and title opinions throughout the Tri-State and Kentucky. SB Financial’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market with the ticker symbol “SBFG”.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Certain statements within this document, which are not statements of historical fact, constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those predicted by the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, risks and uncertainties inherent in the national and regional banking industry, changes in economic conditions in the market areas in which SB Financial and its subsidiaries operate, changes in policies by regulatory agencies, changes in accounting standards and policies, changes in tax laws, fluctuations in interest rates, demand for loans in the market areas in SB Financial and its subsidiaries operate, increases in FDIC insurance premiums, changes in the competitive environment, losses of significant customers, geopolitical events, the loss of key personnel and other risks identified in SB Financial’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and documents subsequently filed by SB Financial with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and SB Financial undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made, except as required by law. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to SB Financial or any person acting on its behalf are qualified by these cautionary statements.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    This press release contains financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Non-GAAP financial measures, specifically pre-tax, pre-provision income, tangible common equity, tangible assets, tangible book value per common share, tangible common equity to tangible assets, return on average tangible common equity, total interest income – FTE, net interest income – FTE and net interest margin – FTE are used by the Company’s management to measure the strength of its capital and analyze profitability, including its ability to generate earnings on tangible capital invested by its shareholders. In addition, the Company excludes the OMSR valuation adjustment and any gain on sale of assets from net income to report a non-GAAP adjusted net income level. Although management believes these non-GAAP measures are useful to investors by providing a greater understanding of its business, they should not be considered a substitute for financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies.

    Investor Contact Information:

    Mark A. Klein
    Chairman, President and
    Chief Executive Officer
    Mark.Klein@YourStateBank.com

    Anthony V. Cosentino
    Executive Vice President and
    Chief Financial Officer
    Tony.Cosentino@YourStateBank.com

        SB FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS – (Unaudited)
                               
              March   December   September   June   March
          ($ in thousands)     2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
                               
    ASSETS                    
      Cash and due from banks   $ 105,145     $ 25,928     $ 49,348     $ 21,983     $ 26,602  
      Interest bearing time deposits     1,565       1,565       1,706       2,417       2,417  
      Available-for-sale securities     199,721       201,587       211,511       207,856       213,239  
      Loans held for sale     4,286       6,770       8,927       7,864       4,730  
      Loans, net of unearned income     1,088,274       1,046,735       1,029,955       1,005,390       991,552  
      Allowance for credit losses     (15,391 )     (15,096 )     (15,278 )     (15,612 )     (15,643 )
      Premises and equipment, net     21,875       20,456       20,715       20,860       20,985  
      Federal Reserve and FHLB Stock, at cost     5,340       5,223       5,223       5,204       6,512  
      Foreclosed assets and other assets     73       –       –       510       510  
      Interest receivable     5,072       4,908       4,842       4,818       3,706  
      Goodwill     27,158       23,239       23,239       23,239       23,239  
      Cash value of life insurance     30,871       30,685       30,488       30,294       30,103  
      Mortgage servicing rights     14,965       14,868       14,357       14,548       14,191  
      Other assets     12,048       12,649       8,916       12,815       13,869  
                               
          Total assets   $ 1,501,002     $ 1,379,517     $ 1,393,949     $ 1,342,186     $ 1,336,012  
                               
                               
                               
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                    
      Deposits                    
        Non interest bearing demand   $ 240,446     $ 232,155     $ 222,425     $ 208,244     $ 219,395  
        Interest bearing demand     208,583       201,085       202,097       190,857       169,171  
        Savings     285,902       237,987       241,761       231,855       244,157  
        Money market     257,013       222,161       228,182       225,650       221,362  
        Time deposits     279,276       259,217       265,068       258,582       258,257  
                               
          Total deposits     1,271,220       1,152,605       1,159,533       1,115,188       1,112,342  
                               
      Short-term borrowings     11,058       10,585       15,240       15,178       12,916  
      Federal Home Loan Bank advances     35,000       35,000       35,000       35,000       35,000  
      Trust preferred securities     10,310       10,310       10,310       10,310       10,310  
      Subordinated debt net of issuance costs     19,702       19,690       19,678       19,666       19,654  
      Interest payable     2,634       2,351       3,374       2,944       2,772  
      Other liabilities     19,552       21,468       17,973       18,421       19,295  
                               
          Total liabilities     1,369,476       1,252,009       1,261,108       1,216,707       1,212,289  
                               
      Shareholders’ Equity                    
        Common stock     61,319       61,319       61,319       61,319       61,319  
        Additional paid-in capital     14,955       15,194       15,090       15,195       14,978  
        Retained earnings     117,397       116,186       113,515       112,104       109,938  
        Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (26,872 )     (30,234 )     (24,870 )     (31,801 )     (31,547 )
        Treasury stock     (35,273 )     (34,957 )     (32,213 )     (31,338 )     (30,965 )
                               
          Total shareholders’ equity     131,526       127,508       132,841       125,479       123,723  
                               
          Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 1,501,002     $ 1,379,517     $ 1,393,949     $ 1,342,186     $ 1,336,012  
    SB FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME – (Unaudited)
                             
    ($ in thousands, except per share & ratios)   At and for the Three Months Ended
                             
            March   December   September   June   March
    Interest income      2025     2024       2024     2024       2024  
      Loans                    
      Taxable   $ 15,244   $ 14,920     $ 14,513   $ 13,883     $ 13,547  
      Tax exempt     115     122       127     124       123  
      Securities                    
      Taxable     1,169     1,178       1,192     1,226       1,274  
      Tax exempt     38     35       37     37       37  
      Other interest income     806     592       679     384       319  
                             
        Total interest income     17,372     16,847       16,548     15,654       15,300  
                             
    Interest expense                      
      Deposits     5,352     5,169       5,568     5,208       5,090  
      Repurchase agreements & other     24     41       43     36       34  
      Federal Home Loan Bank advances   362     369       369     370       613  
      Trust preferred securities     160     177       187     187       188  
      Subordinated debt     195     194       195     194       195  
                             
        Total interest expense     6,093     5,950       6,362     5,995       6,120  
                             
                             
    Net interest income     11,279     10,897       10,186     9,659       9,180  
                             
      Provision for credit losses     387     (76 )     200     –       –  
                             
    Net interest income after provision                    
      for loan losses       10,892     10,973       9,986     9,659       9,180  
                             
    Noninterest income                    
      Wealth management fees     864     916       882     848       865  
      Customer service fees     879     842       870     875       880  
      Gain on sale of mtg. loans & OMSR   849     1,196       1,311     1,277       781  
      Mortgage loan servicing fees, net     611     816       39     565       763  
      Gain on sale of non-mortgage loans   15     10       20     105       10  
      Title insurance revenue     397     478       485     406       266  
      Net gain on sales of securities     –     –       –     –       –  
      Gain (loss) on sale of assets     –     –       200     –       –  
      Other     492     299       316     310       386  
                             
        Total noninterest income     4,107     4,557       4,123     4,386       3,951  
                             
    Noninterest expense                    
      Salaries and employee benefits     6,237     6,185       6,057     6,009       5,352  
      Net occupancy expense     893     702       706     707       769  
      Equipment expense     1,072     1,127       1,069     1,060       1,077  
      Data processing fees     1,439     821       758     727       769  
      Professional fees     1,034     895       659     615       758  
      Marketing expense     165     207       241     176       197  
      Telephone and communication expense     139     136       128     156       105  
      Postage and delivery expense     137     116       145     89       97  
      State, local and other taxes     224     224       208     230       245  
      Employee expense     174     168       228     159       178  
      Other expenses     896     422       804     743       735  
                             
        Total noninterest expense     12,410     11,003       11,003     10,671       10,282  
                             
                             
    Income before income tax expense     2,589     4,527       3,106     3,374       2,849  
                             
      Income tax expense     431     892       752     261       481  
                             
    Net income       $ 2,158   $ 3,635     $ 2,354   $ 3,113     $ 2,368  
                             
    Common share data:                    
      Basic earnings per common share   $ 0.33   $ 0.55     $ 0.35   $ 0.47     $ 0.35  
      Diluted earnings per common share $ 0.33   $ 0.55     $ 0.35   $ 0.47     $ 0.35  
                             
    Average shares outstanding (in thousands):                    
      Basic:     6,481     6,575       6,660     6,692       6,715  
      Diluted:     6,502     6,599       6,675     6,700       6,723  
    SB FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS – (Unaudited)
                         
    ($ in thousands, except per share & ratios) At and for the Three Months Ended
                         
        March   December   September   June   March
    SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS     2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
                         
    Net interest income   $ 11,279     $ 10,897     $ 10,186     $ 9,659     $ 9,180  
    Tax-equivalent adjustment     41       42       44       43       43  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income     11,320       10,939       10,230       9,702       9,223  
    Provision for credit loss     387       (76 )     200       –       –  
    Noninterest income     4,107       4,557       4,123       4,386       3,951  
    Total operating revenue     15,386       15,454       14,309       14,045       13,131  
    Noninterest expense     12,410       11,003       11,003       10,671       10,282  
    Pre-tax pre-provision income     2,976       4,451       3,306       3,374       2,849  
    Net income     2,158       3,635       2,354       3,113       2,368  
                         
    PER SHARE INFORMATION:                    
    Basic earnings per share (EPS)     0.33       0.55       0.35       0.47       0.35  
    Diluted earnings per share     0.33       0.55       0.35       0.47       0.35  
    Common dividends     0.145       0.145       0.140       0.140       0.135  
    Book value per common share     20.29       19.64       20.05       18.80       18.46  
    Tangible book value per common share (TBV)     15.79       16.00       16.49       15.26       14.93  
    Market price per common share     20.82       20.91       20.56       14.00       13.78  
    Market price to TBV     131.8 %     130.7 %     124.7 %     91.8 %     92.3 %
    Market price to trailing 12 month EPS     12.2       12.1       11.8       7.9       7.9  
                         
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS:                    
    Return on average assets (ROAA)     0.60 %     1.04 %     0.68 %     0.93 %     0.71 %
    Pre-tax pre-provision ROAA     0.83 %     1.28 %     0.96 %     1.01 %     0.86 %
    Return on average equity (ROE)     6.63 %     11.13 %     7.32 %     10.16 %     7.72 %
    Return on average tangible equity     8.32 %     13.58 %     8.97 %     12.59 %     9.55 %
    Efficiency ratio     80.00 %     71.09 %     76.78 %     75.86 %     78.17 %
    Earning asset yield     5.23 %     5.18 %     5.16 %     5.02 %     4.97 %
    Cost of interest bearing liabilities     2.32 %     2.36 %     2.53 %     2.47 %     2.55 %
    Net interest margin     3.40 %     3.35 %     3.17 %     3.10 %     2.99 %
    Tax equivalent effect     0.01 %     0.01 %     0.02 %     0.01 %     0.01 %
    Net interest margin, tax equivalent     3.41 %     3.36 %     3.19 %     3.11 %     3.00 %
    Non interest income/Average assets     1.14 %     1.31 %     1.20 %     1.31 %     1.19 %
    Non interest expense/Average assets     3.45 %     3.15 %     3.20 %     3.18 %     3.08 %
    Net noninterest expense/Average assets     -2.31 %     -1.85 %     -2.00 %     -1.87 %     -1.90 %
                         
    ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:                    
    Gross charge-offs     87       195       29       –       66  
    Recoveries     2       13       2       16       9  
    Net charge-offs     85       182       27       (16 )     57  
    Nonperforming loans/Total loans     0.56 %     0.53 %     0.54 %     0.47 %     0.25 %
    Nonperforming assets/Loans & OREO     0.56 %     0.53 %     0.54 %     0.52 %     0.30 %
    Nonperforming assets/Total assets     0.41 %     0.40 %     0.40 %     0.39 %     0.22 %
    Allowance for credit loss/Nonperforming loans     254.35 %     273.68 %     276.83 %     329.78 %     642.69 %
    Allowance for credit loss/Total loans     1.41 %     1.44 %     1.48 %     1.55 %     1.58 %
    Net loan charge-offs/Average loans (ann.)     0.03 %     0.07 %     0.01 %     (0.01 %)     0.02 %
                         
    CAPITAL & LIQUIDITY RATIOS:                    
    Loans/ Deposits     85.61 %     90.81 %     88.82 %     90.15 %     89.14 %
    Equity/ Assets     8.76 %     9.24 %     9.53 %     9.35 %     9.26 %
    Tangible equity/Tangible assets     6.96 %     7.66 %     7.97 %     7.72 %     7.63 %
    Common equity tier 1 ratio (Bank)     12.35 %     13.43 %     13.19 %     13.98 %     13.84 %
                         
    END OF PERIOD BALANCES                    
    Total assets     1,501,002       1,379,517       1,393,949       1,342,186       1,336,012  
    Total loans     1,088,274       1,046,735       1,029,955       1,005,390       991,552  
    Deposits     1,271,220       1,152,605       1,159,533       1,115,188       1,112,342  
    Shareholders equity     131,526       127,508       132,841       125,479       123,723  
    Goodwill and intangibles     29,125       23,597       23,613       23,630       23,646  
    Tangible equity     102,401       103,911       109,228       101,849       100,077  
    Mortgage servicing portfolio     1,432,184       1,427,318       1,406,273       1,389,805       1,371,713  
    Wealth/Brokerage assets under care     519,158       547,697       557,724       525,713       525,517  
    Total assets under care     3,452,344       3,354,532       3,357,946       3,257,704       3,233,242  
    Full-time equivalent employees     262       252       248       249       245  
    Period end common shares outstanding     6,483       6,494       6,624       6,676       6,702  
    Market capitalization (all)     134,982       135,780       136,189       93,458       92,359  
                         
    AVERAGE BALANCES                    
    Total assets     1,459,896       1,395,473       1,376,849       1,342,847       1,333,236  
    Total earning assets     1,346,354       1,301,872       1,283,407       1,246,099       1,230,736  
    Total loans     1,076,328       1,040,580       1,018,262       1,005,018       993,310  
    Deposits     1,227,449       1,163,531       1,145,964       1,120,367       1,091,803  
    Shareholders equity     131,944       130,647       128,608       122,510       123,058  
    Goodwill and intangibles     26,714       23,605       23,621       23,638       23,654  
    Tangible equity     105,230       107,042       104,987       98,872       99,404  
    Average basic shares outstanding     6,481       6,575       6,660       6,692       6,715  
    Average diluted shares outstanding     6,502       6,599       6,675       6,700       6,723  
    SB FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
      Rate Volume Analysis – (Unaudited)
      For the Three Months Ended Mar. 31, 2025 and 2024
               
      ($ in thousands) Three Months Ended Mar. 31, 2025     Three Months Ended Mar. 31, 2024
        Average   Average     Average   Average
    Assets Balance Interest Rate     Balance Interest Rate
                       
      Taxable securities $ 196,880   $ 1,276 2.63 %     $ 210,252   $ 1,413 2.70 %
      Overnight Cash   66,460     699 4.27 %       20,729     180 3.48 %
      Nontaxable securities   6,686     38 2.30 %       6,445     37 2.30 %
      Loans, net   1,076,328     15,359 5.79 %       993,310     13,670 5.52 %
                       
      Total earning assets   1,346,354     17,372 5.23 %       1,230,736     15,300 4.99 %
                       
      Cash and due from banks   10,339             4,512      
      Allowance for loan losses   (15,238 )           (15,830 )    
      Premises and equipment   21,082             21,281      
      Other assets   97,359             92,537      
                       
      Total assets $ 1,459,896           $ 1,333,236      
                       
    Liabilities                
      Savings, MMDA and interest bearing demand $ 709,324   $ 2,959 1.69 %     $ 605,243   $ 2,525 1.67 %
      Time deposits   276,253     2,393 3.51 %       258,592     2,565 3.98 %
      Repurchase agreements & other   13,106     24 0.74 %       15,993     34 0.85 %
      Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank   35,044     362 4.19 %       51,030     613 4.82 %
      Trust preferred securities   10,310     160 6.29 %       10,310     188 7.31 %
      Subordinated debt   19,694     195 4.02 %       19,646     195 3.98 %
                       
      Total interest bearing liabilities   1,063,731     6,093 2.32 %       960,814     6,120 2.55 %
                       
      Non interest bearing demand   241,872     –         227,968     –  
                       
      Total funding   1,305,603     1.89 %       1,188,782     2.06 %
            44.20 %         1  
      Other liabilities   22,349             21,396      
                       
      Total liabilities   1,327,952             1,210,178      
                       
      Equity   131,944             123,058      
                       
      Total liabilities and equity $ 1,459,896           $ 1,333,236      
                       
      Net interest income   $ 11,279         $ 9,180  
                       
      Net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets – GAAP measure 3.40 %         2.99 %
                       
      Net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets – non GAAP 3.41 %         3.00 %
      – Computed on a fully tax equivalent (FTE) basis             
    Non-GAAP reconciliation Three Months Ended
           
    ($ in thousands, except per share & ratios) Mar. 31, 2025   Mar. 31, 2024
           
    Total Operating Revenue $ 15,386     $ 13,131  
    Adjustment to (deduct)/add OMSR recapture/impairment *   (11 )     (181 )
           
    Adjusted Total Operating Revenue   15,375       12,950  
           
           
    Total Operating Expense $ 12,410     $ 10,282  
    Adjustment for merger expenses   (726 )     –  
           
    Adjusted Total Operating Expense   11,684       10,282  
           
           
    Income before Income Taxes   2,589       2,849  
    Adjustment for OMSR*/Merger Expenses   715       (181 )
           
    Adjusted Income before Income Taxes   3,304       2,668  
           
           
    Provision for Income Taxes   431       481  
    Adjustment for OMSR/Merger Expenses **   150       (38 )
           
    Adjusted Provision for Income Taxes   581       443  
           
           
    Net Income   2,158       2,368  
    Adjustment for OMSR*/Merger Expenses   565       (143 )
           
    Adjusted Net Income   2,723       2,225  
           
           
    Diluted Earnings per Share   0.33       0.35  
    Adjustment for OMSR*/Merger Expenses   0.09       (0.02 )
           
    Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share $ 0.42     $ 0.33  
           
           
    Return on Average Assets   0.60 %     0.71 %
    Adjustment for OMSR*/Merger Expenses   0.15 %     -0.04 %
           
    Adjusted Return on Average Assets   0.75 %     0.67 %
           
    *valuation adjustment to the Company’s mortgage servicing rights    
           
    **tax effect is calculated using a 21% statutory federal corporate income tax rate

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI Security: Arizona Man Sentenced for COVID Loan Fraud and Tax Fraud

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    TUCSON, Ariz. – Roy Lane, 44, of St. David, Arizona, was sentenced on Tuesday by U.S. District Judge John C. Hinderaker to four years in prison, followed by three years of supervised release, for filing false tax returns and loan applications to obtain COVID-19 disaster relief. Layne previously pleaded guilty to two counts of Wire Fraud and one count of Filing a False Claim.

    According to court documents, and evidence presented in court, to create the appearance that he was operating several businesses, Layne filed paperwork with the IRS, applied for a business license from the City of Tucson, opened business bank accounts, and filed false employment-related tax returns. In April 2020, he filed an application with the U.S. Small Business Administration, that claimed he operated a “wholesale” business with 17 employees that had revenue of more than a half million dollars a year. In 2021, he submitted a false application for a Paycheck Protection Act loan, claiming that same “wholesale” business had 31 employees and $1.2 million in revenue. Based on these and other false applications, Layne ultimately received over $300,000 in COVID-19 related loans to which he was not entitled.

    Layne also used the personal identifying information and identities of other people to file false claims for refunds with the IRS. In total, Layne claimed over $7.4 million in false refunds, of which the IRS paid over $590,000.

    In addition to the prison term, U.S. District Judge John C. Hinderaker ordered Layne to pay $856,692.91 in restitution to the United States.

    IRS Criminal Investigation and the FBI investigated the case. Trial Attorney Matthew R. Hoffman of the Tax Division and Assistant U.S. Attorney Mary Sue Feldmeier, District of Arizona, Tucson, prosecuted the case.

    CASE NUMBER:            CR-24-04907-TUC-JCH
    RELEASE NUMBER:    2025-070_Layne

    # # #

    For more information on the U.S. Attorney’s Office, District of Arizona, visit http://www.justice.gov/usao/az/

    Follow the U.S. Attorney’s Office, District of Arizona, on Twitter @USAO_AZ for the latest news.

    MIL Security OSI –

  • MIL-OSI: Skyward Specialty Insurance Group Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    HOUSTON, May 01, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Skyward Specialty Insurance Group, Inc. (Nasdaq: SKWD) (“Skyward Specialty” or the “Company”) today reported first quarter 2025 net income of $42.1 million, or $1.01 per diluted share, compared to $36.8 million, or $0.90 per diluted share, for the same 2024 period.

    Adjusted operating income(1) for the first quarter of 2025 was $37.3 million, or $0.90 per diluted share, compared to $31.0 million, or $0.75 per diluted share, for the same 2024 period.

    Highlights for the first quarter included:

    • Gross written premiums of $535.3 million, an increase of 16.7% compared to 2024;
    • Combined ratio of 90.5%;
    • Ex-Cat combined ratio of 88.3%;
    • Annualized return on equity of 20.5%; and,
    • Book value per share of $21.06, an increase of 6% compared to December 31, 2024.
    (1)See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures”

    Skyward Specialty Chairman and CEO Andrew Robinson commented, “We delivered outstanding first quarter results, including adjusted operating income(1) which increased over 20% to $37.3 million, which is the best in Company history, and we achieved annualized return on equity of 20.5%. We continued our consistent and strong record of growth in underwriting performance as gross written premiums increased by approximately 17%, and we delivered a 90.5% combined ratio inclusive of 2.2 points of catastrophe losses. Our strong growth this quarter highlights the strength of our diversified business portfolio, with our global agriculture unit and our accident & health division each having a breakout quarter; we have highlighted these two areas as part of our intentional strategy to grow in areas less exposed to the P&C market.”

    “As we look out to the remainder of the year, we remain confident that the strength of our diversified business portfolio, the power of our Rule Our Niche strategy, our investment in technology and talent, and our track record for consistent execution, positions us to continue to deliver strong financial results that create long-term value for our shareholders.”

    Results of Operations

    Underwriting Results

    Premiums            
    ($ in thousands)   Three months ended March 31,
    unaudited     2025       2024     %
    Change
    Gross written premiums   $ 535,326     $ 458,620     16.7 %
    Ceded written premiums   $ (192,055 )   $ (171,520 )   12.0 %
    Net retention     64.1 %     62.6 %   NM (1)
    Net written premiums   $ 343,271     $ 287,100     19.6 %
    Net earned premiums   $ 300,366     $ 236,342     27.1 %
    (1)Not meaningful            
                 

    The increase in gross written premiums for the first quarter of 2025, when compared to the same 2024 period, was driven by double-digit premium growth primarily from the agriculture and credit (re)insurance, accident & health and specialty programs divisions, partially offset by a decrease in gross written premiums in the global property division.

    During the first quarter 2025, the Company updated its underwriting divisions to align with how management currently oversees the business, allocates resources and evaluates operating performance. The Company added a ninth division, Agriculture and Credit (Re)insurance, which includes the Global Agriculture unit, previously reported with Global Property, and the Mortgage and Credit units, and focuses on specialty classes for which reinsurance provides a more attractive market entry. The Industry Solutions division is now the Construction & Energy Solutions division and the Inland Marine unit is now included in the Transactional E&S division. Programs is now Specialty Programs. Prior reporting periods have been conformed to reflect the new presentation.

    Combined Ratio   Three months ended March 31,
    (unaudited)   2025   2024
    Non-cat loss and LAE   60.2 %   60.6 %
    Cat loss and LAE(1)   2.2 %   0.4 %
    Prior accident year development – LPT   0.0 %   (0.1) %
    Loss Ratio   62.4 %   60.9 %
    Net policy acquisition costs   14.8 %   13.6 %
    Other operating and general expenses   14.0 %   16.0 %
    Commission and fee income   (0.7) %   (0.9) %
    Expense ratio   28.1 %   28.7 %
    Combined ratio   90.5 %   89.6 %
    Ex-Cat Combined Ratio(2)   88.3 %   89.2 %
             
    (1)Current accident year
    (2)Defined as the combined ratio excluding cat loss and LAE(1)        
             

    The loss ratio for the first quarter of 2025 increased 1.5 points when compared to the same 2024 period, due to higher catastrophe losses, primarily from convective storms in the Midwest and the California wildfires. Partially offsetting the increase in the cat loss and LAE ratio was improvement in the non-cat loss and LAE ratio driven by the business mix shift.

    The expense ratio for the first quarter improved 0.6 points when compared to the same 2024 period due to earnings leverage partially offset by higher acquisition costs due to the business mix shift.

    The expense ratios for the first quarters of 2025 and 2024 exclude the impact of IPO related stock compensation and secondary offering expenses, which are reported in other expenses in our condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

    Investment Results

    Net Investment Income        
    $ in thousands   Three months ended March 31,
    (unaudited)     2025       2024  
    Short-term investments & cash and cash equivalents   $ 4,041     $ 5,088  
    Fixed income     16,730       12,478  
    Equities     657       627  
    Alternative & strategic investments     (2,097 )     104  
    Net investment income   $ 19,331     $ 18,297  
    Net unrealized gains on securities still held   $ 5,491     $ 8,991  
    Net realized gains (losses)     1,350       (688 )
    Net investment gains   $ 6,841     $ 8,303  
     

    Net investment income for the first quarter of 2025 increased $1.0 million when compared to the same 2024 period, driven by increased income from our fixed income portfolio due to a higher yield and larger asset base. Partially offsetting the increase in income from our fixed income portfolio were (i) losses from the alternative and strategic investments portfolio due to the decline in the fair value of limited partnership investments, and (ii) less income from short-term investments driven by a lower yield.

    Stockholders’ Equity

    Stockholders’ equity was $850.7 million at March 31, 2025 which represented an increase of 7.1% when compared to stockholders’ equity of $794.0 million at December 31, 2024. The increase in stockholders’ equity was primarily due to an increase in the market value of our investment portfolio and net income.

    Conference Call

    At 9:30 a.m. eastern time tomorrow, May 2, 2025, Skyward Specialty management will hold a conference call to discuss quarterly results with insurance industry analysts. Interested parties may listen to the discussion at investors.skywardinsurance.com under Events & Presentations. Additionally, investors can access the earnings call via conference call by registering via the conference link. Users will receive dial-in information and a unique PIN to join the call upon registering.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    This release contains certain financial measures and ratios that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). We refer to these measures as “non-GAAP financial measures.” We use these non-GAAP financial measures when planning, monitoring, and evaluating our performance.

    We consider these non-GAAP financial measures to be useful metrics for our management and investors to facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period. While we believe that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating our business, this information should be considered supplemental in nature and is not meant to be a substitute for revenue or net income, in each case as recognized in accordance with GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate such measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures. For more information regarding these non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of such measures to comparable GAAP financial measures, see the section entitled “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    About Skyward Specialty Insurance Group, Inc.

    Skyward Specialty is a rapidly growing and innovative specialty insurance company, delivering commercial property and casualty products and solutions on a non-admitted and admitted basis. The Company operates through nine underwriting divisions – Accident & Health, Agriculture and Credit (Re)insurance, Captives, Construction & Energy Solutions, Global Property, Professional Lines, Specialty Programs, Surety and Transactional E&S. SKWD stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, which represents the top fourth of all Nasdaq listed companies.

    Skyward Specialty’s subsidiary insurance companies consist of Great Midwest Insurance Company, Houston Specialty Insurance Company, Imperium Insurance Company, and Oklahoma Specialty Insurance Company. These insurance companies are rated A (Excellent) with stable outlook by A.M. Best Company. Additional information about Skyward Specialty can be found on our website at www.skywardinsurance.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Except for historical information, all other information in this news release consists of forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking statements are typically, but not always, identified through use of the words “believe,” “expect,” “enable,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “intends,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “predict,” “probable,” “potential,” “possible,” “should,” “continue,” and other words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected, anticipated or implied. The most significant of these uncertainties are described in Skyward Specialty’s Form 10-K, and include (but are not limited to) legislative changes at both the state and federal level, state and federal regulatory rule making promulgations and adjudications, class action litigation involving the insurance industry and judicial decisions affecting claims, policy coverages and the general costs of doing business, the potential loss of key members of our management team or key employees and our ability to attract and retain personnel, the impact of competition on products and pricing, inflation in the costs of the products and services insurance pays for, product development, geographic spread of risk, weather and weather-related events, other types of catastrophic events, our ability to obtain reinsurance coverage at prices and on terms that allow us to transfer risk and adequately protect our company against financial loss, and losses resulting from reinsurance counterparties failing to pay us on reinsurance claims. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this release and the Company does not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking information to reflect changes in assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events, or otherwise.

    Skyward Specialty Insurance Group, Inc.

    Investor contact:
    Natalie Schoolcraft,
    nschoolcraft@skywardinsurance.com
    614-494-4988

    or

    Media contact:
    Haley Doughty
    hdoughty@skywardinsurance.com
    713-935-4944

    Consolidated Balance Sheets        
    ($ in thousands, except share and per share amounts)        
    (unaudited)   March 31,
    2025    		   December 31,
    2024
    Assets        
    Investments:        
    Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $1,410,269 and $1,320,266, respectively)   $ 1,397,508     $ 1,292,218  
    Fixed maturity securities, held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (net of allowance for credit losses of $250 and $243, respectively)     37,519       39,153  
    Equity securities, at fair value     108,075       106,254  
    Mortgage loans, at fair value     16,012       26,490  
    Equity method investments     88,588       98,594  
    Other long-term investments     37,646       33,182  
    Short-term investments, at fair value     308,042       274,929  
    Total investments     1,993,390       1,870,820  
    Cash and cash equivalents     112,916       121,603  
    Restricted cash     40,590       35,922  
    Premiums receivable, net     417,542       321,641  
    Reinsurance recoverables, net     902,970       857,876  
    Ceded unearned premium     232,147       203,901  
    Deferred policy acquisition costs     126,439       113,183  
    Deferred income taxes     26,984       30,486  
    Goodwill and intangible assets, net     87,089       87,348  
    Other assets     90,566       86,698  
    Total assets   $ 4,030,633     $ 3,729,478  
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity        
    Liabilities:        
    Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses   $ 1,871,491     $ 1,782,383  
    Unearned premiums     708,347       637,185  
    Deferred ceding commission     45,544       40,434  
    Reinsurance and premium payables     243,083       177,070  
    Funds held for others     113,748       102,665  
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     78,154       76,206  
    Notes payable     100,000       100,000  
    Subordinated debt, net of debt issuance costs     19,545       19,536  
    Total liabilities     3,179,912       2,935,479  
    Stockholders’ equity        
    Common stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 40,402,879 and 40,127,908 shares issued and outstanding, respectively     404       401  
    Additional paid-in capital     721,186       718,598  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (10,047 )     (22,120 )
    Retained earnings     139,178       97,120  
    Total stockholders’ equity     850,721       793,999  
       Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 4,030,633     $ 3,729,478  
             
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
    ($ in thousands)   Three months ended March 31,
    (unaudited)     2025       2024  
             
    Revenues:        
    Net earned premiums   $ 300,366     $ 236,342  
    Commission and fee income     1,976       2,026  
    Net investment income     19,331       18,297  
    Net investment gains     6,841       8,303  
    Other income     13       —  
    Total revenues     328,527       264,968  
    Expenses:        
    Losses and loss adjustment expenses     187,309       143,914  
    Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses     86,551       69,774  
    Interest expense     1,834       2,727  
    Amortization expense     337       388  
    Other expenses     1,061       1,188  
    Total expenses     277,092       217,991  
    Income before income taxes     51,435       46,977  
    Income tax expense     9,377       10,193  
    Net income     42,058       36,784  
    Comprehensive income:        
    Net income   $ 42,058     $ 36,784  
    Other comprehensive income:        
    Unrealized gains and losses on investments:        
    Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of tax     12,255       (5,418 )
    Reclassification adjustment for losses on securities no longer held, net of tax     (182 )     (908 )
    Total other comprehensive income (loss)     12,073       (6,326 )
    Comprehensive income   $ 54,131     $ 30,458  
             
    Share and Per Share Data        
    ($ in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   Three months ended March 31,
    (unaudited)     2025       2024  
             
    Weighted average basic shares     40,196,416       39,108,351  
    Weighted average diluted shares     41,680,595       41,085,136  
             
    Basic earnings per share   $ 1.05     $ 0.94  
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 1.01     $ 0.90  
    Basic adjusted operating earnings per share   $ 0.93     $ 0.79  
    Diluted adjusted operating earnings per share   $ 0.90     $ 0.75  
             
    Annualized ROE(1)     20.5 %     21.7 %
    Annualized adjusted ROE(2)     18.2 %     18.3 %
    Annualized ROTE(3)     22.9 %     25.0 %
    Annualized adjusted ROTE(4)     20.3 %     21.1 %
             
        March 31   December 31
          2025       2024  
             
    Shares outstanding     40,402,879       40,127,908  
    Fully diluted shares outstanding     42,234,957       42,059,182  
             
    Book value per share   $ 21.06     $ 19.79  
    Fully diluted book value per share   $ 20.14     $ 18.88  
    Fully diluted tangible book value per share   $ 18.08     $ 16.80  
             
    (1)Annualized ROE is net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending stockholders’ equity during the period
    (2)Annualized adjusted ROE is adjusted operating income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending stockholders’ equity during the period
    (3)Annualized ROTE is net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending tangible stockholders’ equity during the period
    (4)Annualized adjusted ROTE is adjusted operating income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending tangible stockholders’ equity during the period


    Adjusted operating income     – We define adjusted operating income as net income excluding the impact of certain items that may not be indicative of underlying business trends, operating results, or future outlook, net of tax impact. We use adjusted operating income as an internal performance measure in the management of our operations because we believe it gives our management and other users of our financial information useful insight into our results of operations and our underlying business performance. Adjusted operating income should not be viewed as a substitute for net income calculated in accordance with GAAP, and other companies may define adjusted operating income differently.        

    ($ in thousands)   Three months ended March 31,
    (unaudited)     2025       2024  
        Pre-tax   After-tax   Pre-tax   After-tax
    Income as reported   $ 51,435     $ 42,058     $ 46,977     $ 36,784  
    Less (add):                
    Net investment gains     6,841       5,594       8,303       6,501  
    Net impact of loss portfolio transfer     —       —       241       189  
    Other income     13       11       —       —  
    Other expenses     (1,061 )     (868 )     (1,188 )     (930 )
    Adjusted operating income   $ 45,642     $ 37,321     $ 39,621     $ 31,024  
                     


    Underwriting income     – We define underwriting income as net income before income taxes excluding net investment income, net realized and unrealized gains and losses on investments, impairment charges, interest expense, amortization expense and other income and expenses. Underwriting income represents the pre-tax profitability of our underwriting operations and allows us to evaluate our underwriting performance without regard to investment income. We use this metric as we believe it gives our management and other users of our financial information useful insight into our underlying business performance. Underwriting income should not be viewed as a substitute for pre-tax income calculated in accordance with GAAP, and other companies may define underwriting income differently.

    ($ in thousands)   Three months ended March 31,
    (unaudited)   2025   2024
    Income before income taxes   $ 51,435   $ 46,977
    Add:        
    Interest expense     1,834     2,727
    Amortization expense     337     388
    Other expenses     1,061     1,188
    Less:        
    Net investment income     19,331     18,297
    Net investment gains     6,841     8,303
    Other income     13     —
    Underwriting income   $ 28,482   $ 24,680
             


    Tangible Stockholders’ Equity     – We define tangible stockholders’ equity as stockholders’ equity less goodwill and intangible assets. Our definition of tangible stockholders’ equity may not be comparable to that of other companies and should not be viewed as a substitute for stockholders’ equity calculated in accordance with GAAP. We use tangible stockholders’ equity internally to evaluate the strength of our balance sheet and to compare returns relative to this measure.

    ($ in thousands)   March 31,   December 31,
    (unaudited)   2025   2024   2024
    Stockholders’ equity   $ 850,721   $ 692,272   $ 793,999
    Less: Goodwill and intangible assets     87,089     88,137     87,348
    Tangible stockholders’ equity   $ 763,632   $ 604,135   $ 706,651
                 
        Three months ended March 31,
    ($ in thousands)   2025   2024   % Change
    Accident & Health   $ 63,169   $ 40,901   54.4 %
    Agriculture and Credit (Re)insurance     87,847     43,321   102.8 %
    Captives     68,401     68,408   — %
    Construction & Energy Solutions     75,571     74,222   1.8 %
    Global Property     46,686     57,312   (18.5) %
    Professional Lines     41,166     42,239   (2.5) %
    Specialty Programs     62,675     52,178   20.1 %
    Surety     37,798     33,842   11.7 %
    Transactional E&S     52,006     46,232   12.5 %
    Total gross written premiums(1)   $ 535,319   $ 458,655   16.7 %
    (1)Excludes exited business            

    The MIL Network –